Merge "Convert Special:BookSources to use OOUI"
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40
41 /**
42 * @defgroup Globalsettings Global settings
43 */
44
45 /**
46 * @cond file_level_code
47 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
48 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
49 */
50 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
51 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
52 die( 1 );
53 }
54
55 /** @endcond */
56
57 /**
58 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
59 * Not used for much in a default install.
60 * @since 1.5
61 */
62 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
63
64 /**
65 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
66 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
67 * callable.
68 * @since 1.23
69 */
70 $wgConfigRegistry = [
71 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
72 ];
73
74 /**
75 * MediaWiki version number
76 * @since 1.2
77 */
78 $wgVersion = '1.28.0-alpha';
79
80 /**
81 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
82 */
83 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
84
85 /**
86 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
87 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
88 * @var bool
89 * @since 1.26
90 */
91 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
92
93 /**
94 * URL of the server.
95 *
96 * @par Example:
97 * @code
98 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
99 * @endcode
100 *
101 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
102 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
103 * case, set this variable to fix it.
104 *
105 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
106 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
107 * to a fully qualified URL.
108 */
109 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
110
111 /**
112 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
113 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
114 *
115 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
116 * @since 1.18
117 */
118 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
119
120 /**
121 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
122 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
123 * @since 1.24
124 */
125 $wgServerName = false;
126
127 /************************************************************************//**
128 * @name Script path settings
129 * @{
130 */
131
132 /**
133 * The path we should point to.
134 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
135 *
136 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
137 *
138 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
139 * set in LocalSettings.php
140 */
141 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
142
143 /**
144 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
145 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
146 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
147 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
148 * problems on Apache as well.
149 *
150 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
151 *
152 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
153 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
154 *
155 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
156 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
157 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
158 * @since 1.2.1
159 */
160 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
161 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
162 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
163
164 /**
165 * The extension to append to script names by default.
166 *
167 * Some hosting providers used PHP 4 for *.php files, and PHP 5 for *.php5.
168 * This variable was provided to support those providers.
169 *
170 * @since 1.11
171 * @deprecated since 1.25; support for '.php5' has been phased out of MediaWiki
172 * proper. Backward-compatibility can be maintained by configuring your web
173 * server to rewrite URLs. See RELEASE-NOTES for details.
174 */
175 $wgScriptExtension = '.php';
176
177 /**@}*/
178
179 /************************************************************************//**
180 * @name URLs and file paths
181 *
182 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
183 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
184 *
185 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
186 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
187 *
188 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
189 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
190 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
191 *
192 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
193 *
194 * @{
195 */
196
197 /**
198 * The URL path to index.php.
199 *
200 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
201 */
202 $wgScript = false;
203
204 /**
205 * The URL path to load.php.
206 *
207 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
208 * @since 1.17
209 */
210 $wgLoadScript = false;
211
212 /**
213 * The URL path of the skins directory.
214 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
215 * @since 1.3
216 */
217 $wgStylePath = false;
218 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
219
220 /**
221 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
222 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
223 * @since 1.17
224 */
225 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
226
227 /**
228 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
229 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
230 * @since 1.16
231 */
232 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
233
234 /**
235 * Filesystem extensions directory.
236 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
237 * @since 1.25
238 */
239 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
240
241 /**
242 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
243 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
244 * @since 1.3
245 */
246 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
247
248 /**
249 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
250 * which is replaced by the article title.
251 *
252 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
253 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
254 */
255 $wgArticlePath = false;
256
257 /**
258 * The URL path for the images directory.
259 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
260 */
261 $wgUploadPath = false;
262
263 /**
264 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
265 */
266 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
267
268 /**
269 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
270 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
271 */
272 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
273
274 /**
275 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
276 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
277 */
278 $wgLogo = false;
279
280 /**
281 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
282 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
283 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
284 *
285 * @par Example:
286 * @code
287 * $wgLogoHD = array(
288 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
289 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
290 * );
291 * @endcode
292 *
293 * @since 1.25
294 */
295 $wgLogoHD = false;
296
297 /**
298 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
299 * @since 1.6
300 */
301 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
302
303 /**
304 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
305 * Defaults to no icon.
306 * @since 1.12
307 */
308 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
309
310 /**
311 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
312 * One of 'never', 'default', 'origin', 'always'. Setting it to false just
313 * prevents the meta tag from being output.
314 * See http://www.w3.org/TR/referrer-policy/ for details.
315 *
316 * @since 1.25
317 */
318 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
319
320 /**
321 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
322 * be web accessible.
323 *
324 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
325 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
326 * logic.
327 *
328 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
329 * variable.
330 *
331 * @see wfTempDir()
332 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
333 */
334 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
335
336 /**
337 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
338 * upload URL.
339 * @since 1.4
340 */
341 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
342
343 /**
344 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
345 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
346 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
347 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
348 * @since 1.17
349 */
350 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
351
352 /**
353 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
354 * plain page views, add to this array.
355 *
356 * @par Example:
357 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
358 * @code
359 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
360 * @endcode
361 *
362 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
363 * URLs.
364 * @since 1.5
365 */
366 $wgActionPaths = [];
367
368 /**@}*/
369
370 /************************************************************************//**
371 * @name Files and file uploads
372 * @{
373 */
374
375 /**
376 * Uploads have to be specially set up to be secure
377 */
378 $wgEnableUploads = false;
379
380 /**
381 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
382 */
383 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
384
385 /**
386 * Allows to move images and other media files
387 */
388 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
389
390 /**
391 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
392 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
393 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
394 *
395 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
396 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
397 */
398 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
399
400 /**
401 * These are additional characters that should be replaced with '-' in filenames
402 */
403 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":";
404
405 /**
406 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
407 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
408 */
409 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
410
411 /**
412 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
413 */
414 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
415
416 /**
417 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
418 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
419 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
420 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
421 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
422 *
423 * Example:
424 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
425 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
426 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
427 *
428 * @see $wgFileBackends
429 */
430 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
431
432 /**
433 * File repository structures
434 *
435 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
436 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
437 * array of properties configuring the repository.
438 *
439 * Properties required for all repos:
440 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
441 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
442 * FSRepo is also supported for backwards compatibility.
443 *
444 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
445 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
446 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
447 *
448 * For most core repos:
449 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
450 * container : backend container name the zone is in
451 * directory : root path within container for the zone
452 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
453 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
454 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
455 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
456 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
457 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
458 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
459 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
460 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
461 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
462 * handler instead.
463 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
464 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
465 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
466 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
467 * - pathDisclosureProtection
468 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
469 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
470 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
471 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
472 * is 0644.
473 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
474 * some remote repos.
475 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
476 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
477 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
478 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
479 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
480 *
481 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
482 * for local repositories:
483 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
484 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
485 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
486 * - scriptExtension Script extension of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to
487 * $wgScriptExtension, e.g. ".php5". Defaults to ".php".
488 *
489 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
490 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page. Equivalent to
491 * $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
492 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
493 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
494 *
495 * ForeignDBRepo:
496 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
497 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
498 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
499 * - hasSharedCache True if the wiki's shared cache is accessible via the local $wgMemc
500 *
501 * ForeignAPIRepo:
502 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
503 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
504 *
505 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
506 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
507 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
508 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
509 * be searched after the local file repo.
510 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
511 *
512 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
513 */
514 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
515
516 /**
517 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
518 */
519 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
520
521 /**
522 * Use Commons as a remote file repository. Essentially a wrapper, when this
523 * is enabled $wgForeignFileRepos will point at Commons with a set of default
524 * settings
525 */
526 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
527
528 /**
529 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
530 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
531 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
532 *
533 * Example:
534 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = array( 'shared' );
535 */
536 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [];
537
538 /**
539 * File backend structure configuration.
540 *
541 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
542 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
543 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
544 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
545 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
546 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
547 *
548 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
549 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
550 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
551 *
552 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
553 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
554 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
555 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
556 * Setting 'wikiId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
557 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
558 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
559 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
560 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
561 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
562 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
563 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
564 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
565 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
566 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
567 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
568 */
569 $wgFileBackends = [];
570
571 /**
572 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
573 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
574 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
575 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
576 *
577 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
578 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
579 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
580 */
581 $wgLockManagers = [];
582
583 /**
584 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
585 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: http://www.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
586 *
587 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
588 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
589 * extensions" section of php.ini:
590 * @code{.ini}
591 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
592 * @endcode
593 */
594 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
595
596 /**
597 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
598 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
599 * Defaults to false.
600 */
601 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
602
603 /**
604 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can define a shared upload path here.
605 * Uploads to this wiki will NOT be put there - they will be put into
606 * $wgUploadDirectory.
607 * If $wgUseSharedUploads is set, the wiki will look in the shared repository if
608 * no file of the given name is found in the local repository (for [[File:..]],
609 * [[Media:..]] links). Thumbnails will also be looked for and generated in this
610 * directory.
611 *
612 * Note that these configuration settings can now be defined on a per-
613 * repository basis for an arbitrary number of file repositories, using the
614 * $wgForeignFileRepos variable.
615 */
616 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
617
618 /**
619 * Full path on the web server where shared uploads can be found
620 */
621 $wgSharedUploadPath = "http://commons.wikimedia.org/shared/images";
622
623 /**
624 * Fetch commons image description pages and display them on the local wiki?
625 */
626 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
627
628 /**
629 * Path on the file system where shared uploads can be found.
630 */
631 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = "/var/www/wiki3/images";
632
633 /**
634 * DB name with metadata about shared directory.
635 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
636 */
637 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
638
639 /**
640 * Optional table prefix used in database.
641 */
642 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
643
644 /**
645 * Cache shared metadata in memcached.
646 * Don't do this if the commons wiki is in a different memcached domain
647 */
648 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
649
650 /**
651 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
652 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
653 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
654 */
655 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
656
657 /**
658 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
659 *
660 * @since 1.20
661 */
662 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
663
664 /**
665 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
666 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
667 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
668 */
669 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
670
671 /**
672 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
673 * @since 1.20
674 */
675 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
676
677 /**
678 * Different timeout for upload by url
679 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
680 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
681 * to default.
682 *
683 * @since 1.22
684 */
685 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
686
687 /**
688 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
689 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
690 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
691 * for non-specified types.
692 *
693 * @par Example:
694 * @code
695 * $wgMaxUploadSize = array(
696 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
697 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
698 * );
699 * @endcode
700 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
701 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
702 */
703 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
704
705 /**
706 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
707 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
708 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
709 * @since 1.26
710 */
711 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
712
713 /**
714 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
715 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
716 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
717 *
718 * @par Example:
719 * @code
720 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
721 * @endcode
722 */
723 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
724
725 /**
726 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
727 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
728 * appended to it as appropriate.
729 */
730 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
731
732 /**
733 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
734 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
735 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
736 * access to the thumbnail path.
737 *
738 * @par Example:
739 * @code
740 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
741 * @endcode
742 */
743 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
744
745 /**
746 * @see $wgThumbnailScriptPath
747 */
748 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
749
750 /**
751 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
752 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
753 *
754 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
755 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
756 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
757 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
758 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
759 *
760 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
761 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
762 */
763 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
764
765 /**
766 * Set the following to false especially if you have a set of files that need to
767 * be accessible by all wikis, and you do not want to use the hash (path/a/aa/)
768 * directory layout.
769 */
770 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
771
772 /**
773 * Base URL for a repository wiki. Leave this blank if uploads are just stored
774 * in a shared directory and not meant to be accessible through a separate wiki.
775 * Otherwise the image description pages on the local wiki will link to the
776 * image description page on this wiki.
777 *
778 * Please specify the namespace, as in the example below.
779 */
780 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = "https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:";
781
782 /**
783 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
784 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
785 *
786 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
787 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
788 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
789 */
790 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
791
792 /**
793 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
794 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
795 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
796 */
797 $wgFileBlacklist = [
798 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
799 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
800 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
801 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps',
802 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
803 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
804 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
805 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
806
807 /**
808 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
809 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
810 */
811 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
812 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
813 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
814 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
815 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
816 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
817 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
818 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
819 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
820 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
821 'application/x-msmetafile',
822 ];
823
824 /**
825 * Allow Java archive uploads.
826 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
827 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
828 */
829 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
830
831 /**
832 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
833 *
834 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
835 */
836 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
837
838 /**
839 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
840 * by $wgFileExtensions.
841 *
842 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
843 */
844 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
845
846 /**
847 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
848 *
849 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
850 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
851 */
852 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
853
854 /**
855 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
856 */
857 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
858
859 /**
860 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
861 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
862 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
863 *
864 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
865 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
866 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
867 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
868 */
869 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
870 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
871 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
872 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
873 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
874 "application/pdf", // PDF files
875 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
876 ];
877
878 /**
879 * Plugins for media file type handling.
880 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
881 */
882 $wgMediaHandlers = [
883 'image/jpeg' => 'JpegHandler',
884 'image/png' => 'PNGHandler',
885 'image/gif' => 'GIFHandler',
886 'image/tiff' => 'TiffHandler',
887 'image/webp' => 'WebPHandler',
888 'image/x-ms-bmp' => 'BmpHandler',
889 'image/x-bmp' => 'BmpHandler',
890 'image/x-xcf' => 'XCFHandler',
891 'image/svg+xml' => 'SvgHandler', // official
892 'image/svg' => 'SvgHandler', // compat
893 'image/vnd.djvu' => 'DjVuHandler', // official
894 'image/x.djvu' => 'DjVuHandler', // compat
895 'image/x-djvu' => 'DjVuHandler', // compat
896 ];
897
898 /**
899 * Plugins for page content model handling.
900 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
901 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
902 *
903 * @since 1.21
904 */
905 $wgContentHandlers = [
906 // the usual case
907 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => 'WikitextContentHandler',
908 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
909 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => 'JavaScriptContentHandler',
910 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
911 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => 'JsonContentHandler',
912 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
913 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => 'CssContentHandler',
914 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
915 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => 'TextContentHandler',
916 ];
917
918 /**
919 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
920 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
921 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
922 */
923 $wgUseImageResize = true;
924
925 /**
926 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
927 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
928 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
929 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
930 *
931 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
932 */
933 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
934
935 /**
936 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
937 */
938 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
939
940 /**
941 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
942 * @since 1.27
943 */
944 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
945
946 /**
947 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
948 */
949 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
950
951 /**
952 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
953 */
954 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
955
956 /**
957 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
958 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
959 */
960 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
961
962 /**
963 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
964 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
965 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
966 *
967 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
968 * @code
969 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
970 * @endcode
971 *
972 * Leave as false to skip this.
973 */
974 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
975
976 /**
977 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
978 *
979 * @since 1.21
980 */
981 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
982
983 /**
984 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
985 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
986 * at sharp edges.
987 *
988 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
989 *
990 * Supported values:
991 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
992 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
993 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
994 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
995 *
996 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
997 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
998 * sampling in the thumbnail.
999 *
1000 * @since 1.27
1001 */
1002 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1003
1004 /**
1005 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1006 * image formats.
1007 */
1008 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1009
1010 /**
1011 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1012 *
1013 * @since 1.26
1014 */
1015 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1016
1017 /**
1018 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1019 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1020 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1021 *
1022 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1023 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1024 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1025 */
1026 $wgSVGConverters = [
1027 'ImageMagick' =>
1028 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1029 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1030 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1031 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1032 . '$output $input',
1033 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1034 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1035 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1036 ];
1037
1038 /**
1039 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1040 */
1041 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1042
1043 /**
1044 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1045 */
1046 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1047
1048 /**
1049 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1050 */
1051 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1052
1053 /**
1054 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1055 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1056 */
1057 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1058
1059 /**
1060 * Disallow <title> element in SVG files.
1061 *
1062 * MediaWiki will reject HTMLesque tags in uploaded files due to idiotic
1063 * browsers which can not perform basic stuff like MIME detection and which are
1064 * vulnerable to further idiots uploading crap files as images.
1065 *
1066 * When this directive is on, "<title>" will be allowed in files with an
1067 * "image/svg+xml" MIME type. You should leave this disabled if your web server
1068 * is misconfigured and doesn't send appropriate MIME types for SVG images.
1069 */
1070 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = false;
1071
1072 /**
1073 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1074 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1075 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1076 *
1077 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1078 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1079 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1080 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1081 *
1082 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1083 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1084 */
1085 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1086
1087 /**
1088 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1089 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1090 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1091 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1092 */
1093 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1094
1095 /**
1096 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1097 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1098 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1099 *
1100 * @par Example:
1101 * @code
1102 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1103 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = array( 'png', 'image/png' );
1104 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1105 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = array( 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' );
1106 * @endcode
1107 */
1108 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1109
1110 /**
1111 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1112 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1113 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1114 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1115 */
1116 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1117
1118 /**
1119 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1120 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1121 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1122 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1123 */
1124 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1125
1126 /**
1127 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1128 * output instead of showing an error message.
1129 *
1130 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1131 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1132 *
1133 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1134 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1135 * are logged to a file for review.
1136 */
1137 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1138
1139 /**
1140 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1141 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1142 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1143 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1144 * webserver(s).
1145 */
1146 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1147
1148 /**
1149 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1150 */
1151 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1152
1153 /**
1154 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1155 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1156 * is available that can rotate.
1157 */
1158 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1159
1160 /**
1161 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1162 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1163 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1164 */
1165 $wgAntivirus = null;
1166
1167 /**
1168 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1169 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1170 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1171 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1172 *
1173 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1174 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1175 *
1176 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1177 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1178 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1179 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1180 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1181 * path.
1182 *
1183 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1184 * function in SpecialUpload.
1185 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1186 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1187 * is not set.
1188 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1189 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1190 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1191 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1192 * no virus was found.
1193 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1194 * a virus.
1195 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1196 *
1197 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1198 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1199 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1200 */
1201 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1202
1203 # setup for clamav
1204 'clamav' => [
1205 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1206 'codemap' => [
1207 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1208 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1209 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1210 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1211 ],
1212 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1213 ],
1214 ];
1215
1216 /**
1217 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1218 */
1219 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1220
1221 /**
1222 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1223 */
1224 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1225
1226 /**
1227 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1228 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1229 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1230 */
1231 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1232
1233 /**
1234 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1235 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1236 */
1237 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1238
1239 /**
1240 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1241 * the MIME type to standard output.
1242 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1243 * If not set or NULL, PHP's fileinfo extension will be used if available.
1244 *
1245 * @par Example:
1246 * @code
1247 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1248 * @endcode
1249 */
1250 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1251
1252 /**
1253 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1254 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1255 * can be trusted.
1256 */
1257 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1258
1259 /**
1260 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1261 * array = ( 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' )
1262 */
1263 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1264 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1265 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1266 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1267 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1268 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1269 ];
1270
1271 /**
1272 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1273 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1274 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1275 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1276 * change it if you alter the array (see bug 8858).
1277 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1278 */
1279 $wgImageLimits = [
1280 [ 320, 240 ],
1281 [ 640, 480 ],
1282 [ 800, 600 ],
1283 [ 1024, 768 ],
1284 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1285 ];
1286
1287 /**
1288 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1289 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1290 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1291 */
1292 $wgThumbLimits = [
1293 120,
1294 150,
1295 180,
1296 200,
1297 250,
1298 300
1299 ];
1300
1301 /**
1302 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1303 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1304 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1305 *
1306 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1307 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1308 * supports it.
1309 */
1310 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1311
1312 /**
1313 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1314 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1315 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1316 * following buckets:
1317 *
1318 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = array ( 128, 256, 512 );
1319 *
1320 * and a distance of 50:
1321 *
1322 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1323 *
1324 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1325 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1326 */
1327 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1328
1329 /**
1330 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1331 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1332 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1333 *
1334 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1335 *
1336 * @since 1.25
1337 */
1338
1339 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1340
1341 /**
1342 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1343 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1344 *
1345 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1346 * thumbnail's URL.
1347 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1348 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1349 *
1350 * @since 1.25
1351 */
1352 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1353
1354 /**
1355 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1356 *
1357 * @since 1.25
1358 */
1359 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1360
1361 /**
1362 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1363 * HTTP request to.
1364 *
1365 * @since 1.25
1366 */
1367 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1368
1369 /**
1370 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1371 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1372 *
1373 * @since 1.26
1374 */
1375 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1376
1377 /**
1378 * Default parameters for the "<gallery>" tag
1379 */
1380 $wgGalleryOptions = [
1381 'imagesPerRow' => 0, // Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1382 'imageWidth' => 120, // Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1383 'imageHeight' => 120, // Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1384 'captionLength' => 25, // Length of caption to truncate (in characters)
1385 'showBytes' => true, // Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1386 'mode' => 'traditional',
1387 ];
1388
1389 /**
1390 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1391 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1392 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1393 */
1394 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1395
1396 /**
1397 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1398 */
1399 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1400
1401 /**
1402 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1403 *
1404 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1405 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1406 *
1407 * On older browsers, a JavaScript polyfill switches the appropriate images in after loading
1408 * the original low-resolution versions depending on the reported window.devicePixelRatio.
1409 * The polyfill can be found in the jquery.hidpi module.
1410 */
1411 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1412
1413 /**
1414 * @name DJVU settings
1415 * @{
1416 */
1417
1418 /**
1419 * Path of the djvudump executable
1420 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1421 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1422 */
1423 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1424
1425 /**
1426 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1427 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1428 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1429 */
1430 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1431
1432 /**
1433 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1434 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1435 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1436 */
1437 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1438
1439 /**
1440 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1441 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1442 *
1443 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1444 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1445 * the efficiency problem.
1446 * http://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1447 *
1448 * @par Example:
1449 * @code
1450 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1451 * @endcode
1452 */
1453 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1454
1455 /**
1456 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1457 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1458 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1459 */
1460 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1461
1462 /**
1463 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1464 */
1465 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1466
1467 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1468
1469 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1470
1471 /************************************************************************//**
1472 * @name Email settings
1473 * @{
1474 */
1475
1476 /**
1477 * Site admin email address.
1478 *
1479 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName".
1480 */
1481 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1482
1483 /**
1484 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1485 *
1486 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder.
1487 *
1488 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName".
1489 */
1490 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1491
1492 /**
1493 * Sender name for e-mail notifications.
1494 *
1495 * @deprecated since 1.23; use the system message 'emailsender' instead.
1496 */
1497 $wgPasswordSenderName = 'MediaWiki Mail';
1498
1499 /**
1500 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1501 *
1502 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender.
1503 */
1504 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1505
1506 /**
1507 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1508 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1509 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1510 */
1511 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1512
1513 /**
1514 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1515 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1516 */
1517 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1518
1519 /**
1520 * Set to true to put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1521 * instead of From. ($wgEmergencyContact will be used as From.)
1522 *
1523 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1524 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1525 * when bounces are sent to the sender.
1526 */
1527 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = false;
1528
1529 /**
1530 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1531 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1532 */
1533 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1534
1535 /**
1536 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1537 */
1538 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1539
1540 /**
1541 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1542 */
1543 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1544
1545 /**
1546 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1547 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1548 */
1549 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1550
1551 /**
1552 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1553 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1554 */
1555 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1556
1557 /**
1558 * SMTP Mode.
1559 *
1560 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1561 * Default to false or fill an array :
1562 *
1563 * @code
1564 * $wgSMTP = array(
1565 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1566 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1567 * 'port' => '25',
1568 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1569 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1570 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1571 * );
1572 * @endcode
1573 */
1574 $wgSMTP = false;
1575
1576 /**
1577 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1578 */
1579 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1580
1581 /**
1582 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1583 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1584 */
1585 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1586
1587 /**
1588 * True: from page editor if s/he opted-in. False: Enotif mails appear to come
1589 * from $wgEmergencyContact
1590 */
1591 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1592
1593 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1594 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1595 # enable or disable at their discretion
1596 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1597 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1598
1599 /**
1600 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1601 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1602 * spam relay.
1603 */
1604 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1605
1606 /**
1607 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1608 */
1609 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1610
1611 /**
1612 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1613 * user talk page.
1614 */
1615 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1616
1617 /**
1618 * Set the Reply-to address in notifications to the editor's address, if user
1619 * allowed this in the preferences.
1620 */
1621 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1622
1623 /**
1624 * Send notification mails on minor edits to watchlist pages. This is enabled
1625 * by default. User talk notifications are affected by this, $wgEnotifUserTalk, and
1626 * the nominornewtalk user right.
1627 */
1628 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1629
1630 /**
1631 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1632 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1633 *
1634 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1635 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1636 */
1637 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1638
1639 /**
1640 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1641 * match the limit on your mail server.
1642 */
1643 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1644
1645 /**
1646 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1647 */
1648 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1649
1650 /**
1651 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1652 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1653 */
1654 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1655
1656 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1657
1658 /************************************************************************//**
1659 * @name Database settings
1660 * @{
1661 */
1662
1663 /**
1664 * Database host name or IP address
1665 */
1666 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1667
1668 /**
1669 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1670 */
1671 $wgDBport = 5432;
1672
1673 /**
1674 * Name of the database
1675 */
1676 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1677
1678 /**
1679 * Database username
1680 */
1681 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1682
1683 /**
1684 * Database user's password
1685 */
1686 $wgDBpassword = '';
1687
1688 /**
1689 * Database type
1690 */
1691 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1692
1693 /**
1694 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1695 *
1696 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1697 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1698 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1699 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1700 */
1701 $wgDBssl = false;
1702
1703 /**
1704 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1705 *
1706 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1707 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1708 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1709 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1710 */
1711 $wgDBcompress = false;
1712
1713 /**
1714 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1715 */
1716 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1717
1718 /**
1719 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1720 */
1721 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1722
1723 /**
1724 * Search type.
1725 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1726 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1727 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1728 */
1729 $wgSearchType = null;
1730
1731 /**
1732 * Alternative search types
1733 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1734 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1735 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1736 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1737 */
1738 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1739
1740 /**
1741 * Table name prefix
1742 */
1743 $wgDBprefix = '';
1744
1745 /**
1746 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1747 */
1748 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB';
1749
1750 /**
1751 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1752 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1753 * DBA has done his best job.
1754 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1755 */
1756 $wgSQLMode = '';
1757
1758 /**
1759 * Mediawiki schema
1760 */
1761 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1762
1763 /**
1764 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1765 */
1766 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1767
1768 /**
1769 * Make all database connections secretly go to localhost. Fool the load balancer
1770 * thinking there is an arbitrarily large cluster of servers to connect to.
1771 * Useful for debugging.
1772 */
1773 $wgAllDBsAreLocalhost = false;
1774
1775 /**
1776 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1777 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1778 * main database.
1779 *
1780 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1781 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1782 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1783 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1784 *
1785 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1786 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
1787 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
1788 *
1789 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
1790 * $wgDBprefix.
1791 *
1792 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
1793 * $wgDBmwschema.
1794 *
1795 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to wfGetLB() to
1796 * access remote databases. Using wfGetLB() allows the shared database to
1797 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
1798 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
1799 */
1800 $wgSharedDB = null;
1801
1802 /**
1803 * @see $wgSharedDB
1804 */
1805 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
1806
1807 /**
1808 * @see $wgSharedDB
1809 */
1810 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
1811
1812 /**
1813 * @see $wgSharedDB
1814 * @since 1.23
1815 */
1816 $wgSharedSchema = false;
1817
1818 /**
1819 * Database load balancer
1820 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
1821 * Fields are:
1822 * - host: Host name
1823 * - dbname: Default database name
1824 * - user: DB user
1825 * - password: DB password
1826 * - type: DB type
1827 *
1828 * - load: Ratio of DB_SLAVE load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
1829 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
1830 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
1831 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
1832 *
1833 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
1834 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
1835 *
1836 * - flags: bit field
1837 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if !$wgCommandLineMode (recommended)
1838 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
1839 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
1840 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
1841 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
1842 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
1843 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
1844 * if available
1845 *
1846 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a slave will taken out of rotation
1847 *
1848 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
1849 * variable of the Database object.
1850 *
1851 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
1852 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
1853 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
1854 *
1855 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
1856 * rest of the servers will be slaves. To prevent writes to your slaves due to
1857 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
1858 * slaves in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
1859 *
1860 * @code
1861 * SET @@read_only=1;
1862 * @endcode
1863 *
1864 * Since the effect of writing to a slave is so damaging and difficult to clean
1865 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
1866 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
1867 */
1868 $wgDBservers = false;
1869
1870 /**
1871 * Load balancer factory configuration
1872 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
1873 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
1874 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
1875 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
1876 *
1877 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
1878 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
1879 */
1880 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => 'LBFactorySimple' ];
1881
1882 /**
1883 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
1884 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
1885 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
1886 * @since 1.27
1887 */
1888 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
1889
1890 /**
1891 * File to log database errors to
1892 */
1893 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
1894
1895 /**
1896 * Timezone to use in the error log.
1897 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
1898 *
1899 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
1900 * http://php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
1901 *
1902 * @par Examples:
1903 * @code
1904 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
1905 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
1906 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
1907 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
1908 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
1909 * @endcode
1910 *
1911 * @since 1.20
1912 */
1913 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
1914
1915 /**
1916 * Set to true to engage MySQL 4.1/5.0 charset-related features;
1917 * for now will just cause sending of 'SET NAMES=utf8' on connect.
1918 *
1919 * @warning THIS IS EXPERIMENTAL!
1920 *
1921 * May break if you're not using the table defs from mysql5/tables.sql.
1922 * May break if you're upgrading an existing wiki if set differently.
1923 * Broken symptoms likely to include incorrect behavior with page titles,
1924 * usernames, comments etc containing non-ASCII characters.
1925 * Might also cause failures on the object cache and other things.
1926 *
1927 * Even correct usage may cause failures with Unicode supplementary
1928 * characters (those not in the Basic Multilingual Plane) unless MySQL
1929 * has enhanced their Unicode support.
1930 */
1931 $wgDBmysql5 = false;
1932
1933 /**
1934 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
1935 *
1936 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
1937 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
1938 * block).
1939 *
1940 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
1941 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
1942 * connections.
1943 *
1944 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
1945 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
1946 * pooled.
1947 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
1948 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
1949 *
1950 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
1951 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
1952 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
1953 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
1954 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
1955 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
1956 *
1957 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
1958 *
1959 */
1960 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
1961
1962 /**
1963 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer
1964 * account.
1965 * Array numeric key => database name
1966 */
1967 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
1968
1969 /**
1970 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
1971 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
1972 * show a more obvious warning.
1973 */
1974 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
1975
1976 /**
1977 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
1978 */
1979 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
1980
1981 /**
1982 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
1983 */
1984 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
1985
1986 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
1987
1988 /************************************************************************//**
1989 * @name Text storage
1990 * @{
1991 */
1992
1993 /**
1994 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
1995 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
1996 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
1997 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
1998 */
1999 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2000
2001 /**
2002 * External stores allow including content
2003 * from non database sources following URL links.
2004 *
2005 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2006 * @code
2007 * $wgExternalStores = array("http","file","custom")...
2008 * @endcode
2009 *
2010 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2011 */
2012 $wgExternalStores = [];
2013
2014 /**
2015 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2016 *
2017 * @par Example:
2018 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2019 * @code
2020 * $wgExternalServers = array(
2021 * 'cluster1' => array( 'srv28', 'srv29', 'srv30' )
2022 * );
2023 * @endcode
2024 *
2025 * Used by LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2026 * another class.
2027 */
2028 $wgExternalServers = [];
2029
2030 /**
2031 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2032 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2033 *
2034 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2035 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2036 *
2037 * @par Example:
2038 * @code
2039 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = array( 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' );
2040 * @endcode
2041 *
2042 * @var array
2043 */
2044 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2045
2046 /**
2047 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2048 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2049 *
2050 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2051 */
2052 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 0;
2053
2054 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2055
2056 /************************************************************************//**
2057 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2058 * @{
2059 */
2060
2061 /**
2062 * Disable database-intensive features
2063 */
2064 $wgMiserMode = false;
2065
2066 /**
2067 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2068 */
2069 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2070
2071 /**
2072 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2073 */
2074 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2075
2076 /**
2077 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2078 */
2079 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2080
2081 /**
2082 * Enable slow parser functions
2083 */
2084 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2085
2086 /**
2087 * Allow schema updates
2088 */
2089 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2090
2091 /**
2092 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2093 */
2094 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2095
2096 /**
2097 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2098 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2099 */
2100 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2101
2102 /**
2103 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2104 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2105 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2106 * @since 1.26
2107 */
2108 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2109
2110 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2111
2112 /************************************************************************//**
2113 * @name Cache settings
2114 * @{
2115 */
2116
2117 /**
2118 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2119 * from the web.
2120 *
2121 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2122 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2123 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2124 */
2125 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2126
2127 /**
2128 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2129 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2130 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2131 *
2132 * The options are:
2133 *
2134 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2135 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2136 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2137 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2138 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, XCache or WinCache
2139 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2140 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2141 *
2142 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2143 */
2144 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2145
2146 /**
2147 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2148 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2149 *
2150 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2151 */
2152 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2153
2154 /**
2155 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2156 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2157 *
2158 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2159 */
2160 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2161
2162 /**
2163 * The cache type for storing session data.
2164 *
2165 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2166 */
2167 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2168
2169 /**
2170 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2171 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2172 *
2173 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2174 *
2175 * @since 1.20
2176 */
2177 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2178
2179 /**
2180 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2181 *
2182 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2183 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2184 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2185 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2186 *
2187 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2188 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2189 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2190 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2191 */
2192 $wgObjectCaches = [
2193 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => 'EmptyBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2194 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2195
2196 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2197 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2198 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2199
2200 'db-replicated' => [
2201 'class' => 'ReplicatedBagOStuff',
2202 'readFactory' => [
2203 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2204 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2205 ],
2206 'writeFactory' => [
2207 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2208 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2209 ],
2210 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff'
2211 ],
2212
2213 'apc' => [ 'class' => 'APCBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2214 'xcache' => [ 'class' => 'XCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2215 'wincache' => [ 'class' => 'WinCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2216 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2217 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPeclBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2218 'hash' => [ 'class' => 'HashBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2219 ];
2220
2221 /**
2222 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2223 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2224 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2225 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2226 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2227 *
2228 * The options are:
2229 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2230 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2231 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2232 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2233 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2234 * @since 1.26
2235 */
2236 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2237
2238 /**
2239 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2240 *
2241 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2242 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2243 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2244 *
2245 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2246 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2247 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "channels" parameter is a map of
2248 * actions ('purge') to PubSub channels defined in $wgEventRelayerConfig.
2249 * The "loggroup" parameter controls where log events are sent.
2250 *
2251 * @since 1.26
2252 */
2253 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2254 CACHE_NONE => [
2255 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2256 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE,
2257 'channels' => []
2258 ]
2259 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2260 'memcached-php' => [
2261 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2262 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php',
2263 'channels' => [ 'purge' => 'wancache-main-memcached-purge' ]
2264 ]
2265 */
2266 ];
2267
2268 /**
2269 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2270 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2271 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2272 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2273 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2274 *
2275 * The options are:
2276 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2277 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2278 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2279 *
2280 * @since 1.26
2281 */
2282 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2283
2284 /**
2285 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2286 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2287 */
2288 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2289
2290 /**
2291 * Deprecated alias for $wgSessionsInObjectCache.
2292 *
2293 * @deprecated since 1.20; Use $wgSessionsInObjectCache
2294 */
2295 $wgSessionsInMemcached = true;
2296
2297 /**
2298 * @deprecated since 1.27, session data is always stored in object cache.
2299 */
2300 $wgSessionsInObjectCache = true;
2301
2302 /**
2303 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2304 */
2305 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2306
2307 /**
2308 * @deprecated since 1.27, MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager doesn't use PHP session storage.
2309 */
2310 $wgSessionHandler = null;
2311
2312 /**
2313 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2314 *
2315 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2316 *
2317 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2318 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2319 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2320 * others' cookies.
2321 *
2322 * @since 1.27
2323 * @var string
2324 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2325 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2326 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2327 */
2328 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2329
2330 /**
2331 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2332 */
2333 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2334
2335 /**
2336 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2337 */
2338 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2339
2340 /**
2341 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2342 * requests.
2343 */
2344 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2345
2346 /**
2347 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2348 */
2349 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2350
2351 /**
2352 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2353 *
2354 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2355 *
2356 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2357 *
2358 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2359 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2360 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2361 */
2362 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2363
2364 /**
2365 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2366 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2367 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2368 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2369 */
2370 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2371
2372 /**
2373 * Localisation cache configuration. Associative array with keys:
2374 * class: The class to use. May be overridden by extensions.
2375 *
2376 * store: The location to store cache data. May be 'files', 'array', 'db' or
2377 * 'detect'. If set to "files", data will be in CDB files. If set
2378 * to "db", data will be stored to the database. If set to
2379 * "detect", files will be used if $wgCacheDirectory is set,
2380 * otherwise the database will be used.
2381 * "array" is an experimental option that uses PHP files that
2382 * store static arrays.
2383 *
2384 * storeClass: The class name for the underlying storage. If set to a class
2385 * name, it overrides the "store" setting.
2386 *
2387 * storeDirectory: If the store class puts its data in files, this is the
2388 * directory it will use. If this is false, $wgCacheDirectory
2389 * will be used.
2390 *
2391 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2392 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2393 */
2394 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2395 'class' => 'LocalisationCache',
2396 'store' => 'detect',
2397 'storeClass' => false,
2398 'storeDirectory' => false,
2399 'manualRecache' => false,
2400 ];
2401
2402 /**
2403 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2404 */
2405 $wgCachePages = true;
2406
2407 /**
2408 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2409 * client-side and server-side caching.
2410 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2411 * @verbatim
2412 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2413 * @endverbatim
2414 */
2415 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2416
2417 /**
2418 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2419 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2420 */
2421 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2422
2423 /**
2424 * Bump this number when changing the global style sheets and JavaScript.
2425 *
2426 * It should be appended in the query string of static CSS and JS includes,
2427 * to ensure that client-side caches do not keep obsolete copies of global
2428 * styles.
2429 */
2430 $wgStyleVersion = '303';
2431
2432 /**
2433 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2434 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2435 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2436 */
2437 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2438
2439 /**
2440 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2441 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2442 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2443 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2444 */
2445 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2446
2447 /**
2448 * Kept for extension compatibility; see $wgParserCacheType
2449 * @deprecated 1.26
2450 */
2451 $wgEnableParserCache = true;
2452
2453 /**
2454 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2455 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2456 */
2457 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2458
2459 /**
2460 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2461 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2462 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2463 *
2464 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2465 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2466 * don't update as expected.
2467 */
2468 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2469
2470 /**
2471 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2472 */
2473 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2474
2475 /**
2476 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2477 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2478 *
2479 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2480 */
2481 $wgUseGzip = false;
2482
2483 /**
2484 * Whether MediaWiki should send an ETag header. Seems to cause
2485 * broken behavior with Squid 2.6, see bug 7098.
2486 */
2487 $wgUseETag = false;
2488
2489 /**
2490 * Clock skew or the one-second resolution of time() can occasionally cause cache
2491 * problems when the user requests two pages within a short period of time. This
2492 * variable adds a given number of seconds to vulnerable timestamps, thereby giving
2493 * a grace period.
2494 */
2495 $wgClockSkewFudge = 5;
2496
2497 /**
2498 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2499 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2500 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2501 *
2502 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2503 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2504 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2505 */
2506 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2507
2508 /**
2509 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2510 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2511 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2512 *
2513 * @par Example:
2514 * @code
2515 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2516 * @endcode
2517 *
2518 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2519 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2520 *
2521 * @var int|bool
2522 */
2523 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2524
2525 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2526
2527 /************************************************************************//**
2528 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2529 *
2530 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2531 * although they are referred to as Squid settings for historical reasons.
2532 *
2533 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2534 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2535 * more details.
2536 *
2537 * @{
2538 */
2539
2540 /**
2541 * Enable/disable CDN.
2542 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2543 */
2544 $wgUseSquid = false;
2545
2546 /**
2547 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2548 */
2549 $wgUseESI = false;
2550
2551 /**
2552 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2553 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-fielding-http-key/ for details.
2554 * @since 1.27
2555 */
2556 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2557
2558 /**
2559 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2560 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2561 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2562 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2563 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2564 * HTTP redirects.
2565 */
2566 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2567
2568 /**
2569 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2570 *
2571 * @par Example:
2572 * @code
2573 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2574 * @endcode
2575 */
2576 $wgInternalServer = false;
2577
2578 /**
2579 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2580 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2581 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2582 *
2583 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2584 */
2585 $wgSquidMaxage = 18000;
2586
2587 /**
2588 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB slave lag is high
2589 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2590 * @since 1.27
2591 */
2592 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2593
2594 /**
2595 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2596 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2597 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2598 * slave lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2599 *
2600 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2601 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2602 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2603 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2604 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound puge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2605 *
2606 * @since 1.27
2607 */
2608 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2609
2610 /**
2611 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2612 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2613 * @since 1.27
2614 */
2615 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2616
2617 /**
2618 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2619 *
2620 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2621 */
2622 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2623
2624 /**
2625 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2626 *
2627 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2628 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2629 *
2630 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2631 */
2632 $wgSquidServers = [];
2633
2634 /**
2635 * As above, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; use to set a
2636 * list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP addresses and
2637 * CIDR blocks.
2638 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2639 */
2640 $wgSquidServersNoPurge = [];
2641
2642 /**
2643 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2644 * configured in $wgSquidServers. Set this to false to support Squid
2645 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2646 *
2647 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2648 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2649 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2650 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2651 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2652 *
2653 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2654 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2655 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2656 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2657 * reverse).
2658 *
2659 * @since 1.21
2660 */
2661 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2662
2663 /**
2664 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2665 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2666 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2667 *
2668 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2669 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2670 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2671 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2672 *
2673 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2674 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2675 * @code
2676 * $wgHTCPRouting = array(
2677 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => array(
2678 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2679 * 'port' => 4827,
2680 * ),
2681 * '' => array(
2682 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2683 * 'port' => 4827,
2684 * ),
2685 * );
2686 * @endcode
2687 *
2688 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2689 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2690 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2691 *
2692 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2693 * @code
2694 * $wgHTCPRouting = array(
2695 * '' => array(
2696 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2697 * array( 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ),
2698 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2699 * array( 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ),
2700 * array( 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ),
2701 * array( 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ),
2702 * ),
2703 * );
2704 * @endcode
2705 *
2706 * @since 1.22
2707 *
2708 * $wgHTCPRouting replaces $wgHTCPMulticastRouting that was introduced in 1.20.
2709 * For back compatibility purposes, whenever its array is empty
2710 * $wgHTCPMutlicastRouting will be used as a fallback if it not null.
2711 *
2712 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2713 */
2714 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2715
2716 /**
2717 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2718 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2719 */
2720 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2721
2722 /**
2723 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2724 */
2725 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2726
2727 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2728
2729 /************************************************************************//**
2730 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2731 * @{
2732 */
2733
2734 /**
2735 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2736 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2737 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2738 *
2739 * Warning: Don't use language codes listed in $wgDummyLanguageCodes like "no"
2740 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead), or things will break unexpectedly.
2741 *
2742 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2743 * change it in their preferences.
2744 *
2745 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2746 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2747 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2748 */
2749 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2750
2751 /**
2752 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2753 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2754 */
2755 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2756
2757 /**
2758 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2759 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2760 *
2761 * @par Example:
2762 * @code
2763 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2764 * @endcode
2765 */
2766 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2767
2768 /**
2769 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2770 */
2771 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2772
2773 /**
2774 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2775 */
2776 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2777
2778 /**
2779 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2780 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2781 * Notes:
2782 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2783 * map.
2784 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2785 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2786 * this array.
2787 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2788 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2789 * the prefix in this array.
2790 */
2791 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2792
2793 /**
2794 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2795 */
2796 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2797
2798 /**
2799 * List of language codes that don't correspond to an actual language.
2800 * These codes are mostly left-offs from renames, or other legacy things.
2801 * This array makes them not appear as a selectable language on the installer,
2802 * and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
2803 */
2804 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [
2805 'als' => 'gsw',
2806 'bat-smg' => 'sgs',
2807 'be-x-old' => 'be-tarask',
2808 'bh' => 'bho',
2809 'fiu-vro' => 'vro',
2810 'no' => 'nb',
2811 'qqq' => 'qqq', # Used for message documentation.
2812 'qqx' => 'qqx', # Used for viewing message keys.
2813 'roa-rup' => 'rup',
2814 'simple' => 'en',
2815 'zh-classical' => 'lzh',
2816 'zh-min-nan' => 'nan',
2817 'zh-yue' => 'yue',
2818 ];
2819
2820 /**
2821 * Character set for use in the article edit box. Language-specific encodings
2822 * may be defined.
2823 *
2824 * This historic feature is one of the first that was added by former MediaWiki
2825 * team leader Brion Vibber, and is used to support the Esperanto x-system.
2826 */
2827 $wgEditEncoding = '';
2828
2829 /**
2830 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
2831 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2832 * set to "ar".
2833 *
2834 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
2835 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
2836 */
2837 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
2838
2839 /**
2840 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
2841 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2842 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
2843 * support these characters.
2844 *
2845 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
2846 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
2847 */
2848 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
2849
2850 /**
2851 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
2852 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
2853 * impact.
2854 *
2855 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
2856 * details.
2857 *
2858 * @since 1.17
2859 */
2860 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
2861
2862 /**
2863 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
2864 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
2865 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
2866 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
2867 *
2868 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
2869 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
2870 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
2871 */
2872 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
2873
2874 /**
2875 * Browser Blacklist for unicode non compliant browsers. Contains a list of
2876 * regexps : "/regexp/" matching problematic browsers. These browsers will
2877 * be served encoded unicode in the edit box instead of real unicode.
2878 */
2879 $wgBrowserBlackList = [
2880 /**
2881 * Netscape 2-4 detection
2882 * The minor version may contain strings such as "Gold" or "SGoldC-SGI"
2883 * Lots of non-netscape user agents have "compatible", so it's useful to check for that
2884 * with a negative assertion. The [UIN] identifier specifies the level of security
2885 * in a Netscape/Mozilla browser, checking for it rules out a number of fakers.
2886 * The language string is unreliable, it is missing on NS4 Mac.
2887 *
2888 * Reference: http://www.psychedelix.com/agents/index.shtml
2889 */
2890 '/^Mozilla\/2\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2891 '/^Mozilla\/3\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2892 '/^Mozilla\/4\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2893
2894 /**
2895 * MSIE on Mac OS 9 is teh sux0r, converts þ to <thorn>, ð to <eth>,
2896 * Þ to <THORN> and Ð to <ETH>
2897 *
2898 * Known useragents:
2899 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.0; Mac_PowerPC)
2900 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.15; Mac_PowerPC)
2901 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.23; Mac_PowerPC)
2902 * - [...]
2903 *
2904 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?diff=12356041&oldid=12355864
2905 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Template%3AOS9
2906 */
2907 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE \d+\.\d+; Mac_PowerPC\)/',
2908
2909 /**
2910 * Google wireless transcoder, seems to eat a lot of chars alive
2911 * https://it.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Luciano_Ligabue&diff=prev&oldid=8857361
2912 */
2913 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE 6.0; Windows NT 5.0; Google Wireless Transcoder;\)/'
2914 ];
2915
2916 /**
2917 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
2918 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
2919 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
2920 *
2921 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
2922 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
2923 * to remain viewable.
2924 *
2925 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
2926 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
2927 */
2928 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
2929
2930 /**
2931 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
2932 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
2933 */
2934 $wgAmericanDates = false;
2935
2936 /**
2937 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
2938 * numerals in interface.
2939 */
2940 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
2941
2942 /**
2943 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
2944 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
2945 */
2946 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
2947
2948 /**
2949 * Expiry time for the message cache key
2950 */
2951 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
2952
2953 /**
2954 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
2955 */
2956 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
2957
2958 /**
2959 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
2960 */
2961 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
2962
2963 /**
2964 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
2965 */
2966 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
2967
2968 /**
2969 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
2970 */
2971 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
2972
2973 /**
2974 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
2975 *
2976 * @par Example:
2977 * @code
2978 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
2979 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
2980 * @endcode
2981 */
2982 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
2983
2984 /**
2985 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
2986 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
2987 * language variant.
2988 *
2989 * @par Example:
2990 * @code
2991 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
2992 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
2993 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
2994 * @endcode
2995 *
2996 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
2997 *
2998 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
2999 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3000 */
3001 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3002
3003 /**
3004 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3005 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3006 * customise these.
3007 */
3008 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3009
3010 /**
3011 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3012 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3013 *
3014 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3015 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3016 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3017 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3018 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3019 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3020 * the default behavior.
3021 *
3022 * @par Example:
3023 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3024 * portal:
3025 * @code
3026 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = array( 'mainpage', 'portal-url' );
3027 * @endcode
3028 */
3029 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3030
3031 /**
3032 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3033 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3034 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3035 *
3036 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3037 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3038 *
3039 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3040 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3041 *
3042 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3043 * http://php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3044 *
3045 * @par Examples:
3046 * @code
3047 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3048 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3049 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3050 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3051 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3052 * @endcode
3053 */
3054 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3055
3056 /**
3057 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3058 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3059 *
3060 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3061 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3062 *
3063 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3064 */
3065 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3066
3067 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3068
3069 /*************************************************************************//**
3070 * @name Output format and skin settings
3071 * @{
3072 */
3073
3074 /**
3075 * The default Content-Type header.
3076 */
3077 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3078
3079 /**
3080 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3081 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3082 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3083 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3084 * @deprecated since 1.22
3085 */
3086 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3087
3088 /**
3089 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3090 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3091 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3092 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3093 * @deprecated since 1.22
3094 */
3095 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3096
3097 /**
3098 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3099 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3100 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3101 * to true by Setup.php.
3102 * @deprecated since 1.22
3103 */
3104 $wgHtml5 = true;
3105
3106 /**
3107 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3108 *
3109 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3110 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3111 * See also http://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3112 * @since 1.16
3113 */
3114 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3115
3116 /**
3117 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3118 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3119 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3120 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3121 * @since 1.24
3122 */
3123 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3124
3125 /**
3126 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3127 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3128 * stable and change has been communicated.
3129 * @since 1.24
3130 */
3131 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3132
3133 /**
3134 * Should we try to make our HTML output well-formed XML? If set to false,
3135 * output will be a few bytes shorter, and the HTML will arguably be more
3136 * readable. If set to true, life will be much easier for the authors of
3137 * screen-scraping bots, and the HTML will arguably be more readable.
3138 *
3139 * Setting this to false may omit quotation marks on some attributes, omit
3140 * slashes from some self-closing tags, omit some ending tags, etc., where
3141 * permitted by HTML5. Setting it to true will not guarantee that all pages
3142 * will be well-formed, although non-well-formed pages should be rare and it's
3143 * a bug if you find one. Conversely, setting it to false doesn't mean that
3144 * all XML-y constructs will be omitted, just that they might be.
3145 *
3146 * Because of compatibility with screen-scraping bots, and because it's
3147 * controversial, this is currently left to true by default.
3148 */
3149 $wgWellFormedXml = true;
3150
3151 /**
3152 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3153 *
3154 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3155 *
3156 * @par Example:
3157 * @code
3158 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3159 * @endcode
3160 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3161 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3162 *
3163 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3164 */
3165 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3166
3167 /**
3168 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3169 *
3170 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3171 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3172 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3173 */
3174 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3175
3176 /**
3177 * If this is set, a "donate" link will appear in the sidebar. Set it to a URL.
3178 */
3179 $wgSiteSupportPage = '';
3180
3181 /**
3182 * Validate the overall output using tidy and refuse
3183 * to display the page if it's not valid.
3184 */
3185 $wgValidateAllHtml = false;
3186
3187 /**
3188 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3189 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3190 */
3191 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3192
3193 /**
3194 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3195 *
3196 * @since 1.24
3197 */
3198 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3199
3200 /**
3201 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3202 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3203 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3204 */
3205 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3206
3207 /**
3208 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3209 */
3210 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3211
3212 /**
3213 * Allow user Javascript page?
3214 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3215 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3216 */
3217 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3218
3219 /**
3220 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3221 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3222 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3223 */
3224 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3225
3226 /**
3227 * Allow user-preferences implemented in CSS?
3228 * This allows users to customise the site appearance to a greater
3229 * degree; disabling it will improve page load times.
3230 */
3231 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3232
3233 /**
3234 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3235 */
3236 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3237
3238 /**
3239 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3240 */
3241 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3242
3243 /**
3244 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3245 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3246 */
3247 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3248
3249 /**
3250 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3251 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3252 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3253 *
3254 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3255 *
3256 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3257 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3258 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3259 *
3260 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3261 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3262 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3263 * recommended.
3264 *
3265 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3266 * not just edit pages.
3267 */
3268 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3269
3270 /**
3271 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3272 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3273 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3274 * Options are:
3275 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3276 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3277 * - false: Allow all framing.
3278 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3279 */
3280 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3281
3282 /**
3283 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3284 */
3285 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3286
3287 /**
3288 * Should we allow a broader set of characters in id attributes, per HTML5? If
3289 * not, use only HTML 4-compatible IDs. This option is for testing -- when the
3290 * functionality is ready, it will be on by default with no option.
3291 *
3292 * Currently this appears to work fine in all browsers, but it's disabled by
3293 * default because it normalizes id's a bit too aggressively, breaking preexisting
3294 * content (particularly Cite). See bug 27733, bug 27694, bug 27474.
3295 */
3296 $wgExperimentalHtmlIds = false;
3297
3298 /**
3299 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3300 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3301 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3302 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3303 *
3304 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3305 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3306 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3307 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3308 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3309 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3310 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3311 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3312 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3313 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3314 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3315 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3316 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3317 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3318 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3319 * not be outputted
3320 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3321 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3322 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3323 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3324 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3325 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3326 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3327 */
3328 $wgFooterIcons = [
3329 "copyright" => [
3330 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3331 ],
3332 "poweredby" => [
3333 "mediawiki" => [
3334 // Defaults to point at
3335 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3336 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3337 "src" => null,
3338 "url" => "//www.mediawiki.org/",
3339 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3340 ]
3341 ],
3342 ];
3343
3344 /**
3345 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3346 * to create an account.
3347 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3348 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3349 */
3350 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3351
3352 /**
3353 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3354 */
3355 $wgEdititis = false;
3356
3357 /**
3358 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3359 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3360 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3361 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3362 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3363 *
3364 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3365 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3366 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3367 */
3368 $wgSend404Code = true;
3369
3370 /**
3371 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3372 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3373 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3374 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3375 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3376 *
3377 * @since 1.20
3378 */
3379 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3380
3381 /**
3382 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3383 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3384 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3385 * unconditionally.
3386 */
3387 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3388
3389 /**
3390 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3391 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3392 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3393 * the domain root.
3394 *
3395 * @since 1.25
3396 */
3397 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3398
3399 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3400
3401 /*************************************************************************//**
3402 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3403 * @{
3404 */
3405
3406 /**
3407 * Client-side resource modules.
3408 *
3409 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3410 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3411 *
3412 * @par Example:
3413 * @code
3414 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = array(
3415 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3416 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3417 * 'dependencies' => array( 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ),
3418 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3419 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3420 * );
3421 * @endcode
3422 */
3423 $wgResourceModules = [];
3424
3425 /**
3426 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3427 *
3428 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3429 * not be modified or disabled.
3430 *
3431 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3432 *
3433 * @par Example:
3434 * @code
3435 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = array(
3436 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3437 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3438 * );
3439 *
3440 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = array(
3441 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3442 * );
3443 * @endcode
3444 *
3445 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3446 *
3447 * @par Equivalent:
3448 * @code
3449 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = array(
3450 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3451 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3452 * 'skinStyles' => array(
3453 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3454 * ),
3455 * );
3456 * @endcode
3457 *
3458 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3459 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3460 *
3461 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3462 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3463 *
3464 * @par Example:
3465 * @code
3466 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = array(
3467 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3468 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3469 * 'skinStyles' => array(
3470 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3471 * ),
3472 * );
3473 * // Note the '+' character:
3474 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = array(
3475 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3476 * );
3477 * @endcode
3478 *
3479 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3480 *
3481 * @par Equivalent:
3482 * @code
3483 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = array(
3484 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3485 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3486 * 'skinStyles' => array(
3487 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3488 * 'foo' => array(
3489 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3490 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3491 * ),
3492 * ),
3493 * );
3494 * @endcode
3495 *
3496 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3497 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3498 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3499 *
3500 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3501 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3502 *
3503 * @par Example:
3504 * @code
3505 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = array(
3506 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3507 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3508 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3509 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3510 * );
3511 * @endcode
3512 */
3513 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3514
3515 /**
3516 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3517 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3518 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3519 *
3520 * @par Example:
3521 * @code
3522 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3523 * @endcode
3524 */
3525 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3526
3527 /**
3528 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3529 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3530 */
3531 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3532
3533 /**
3534 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3535 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3536 *
3537 * Following options to distinguish:
3538 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3539 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3540 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3541 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3542 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3543 *
3544 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3545 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3546 * client and MediaWiki.
3547 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3548 */
3549 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3550 'versioned' => [
3551 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3552 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3553 ],
3554 'unversioned' => [
3555 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3556 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3557 ],
3558 ];
3559
3560 /**
3561 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3562 *
3563 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3564 */
3565 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3566
3567 /**
3568 * Put each statement on its own line when minifying JavaScript. This makes
3569 * debugging in non-debug mode a bit easier.
3570 *
3571 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always false; no longer configurable.
3572 */
3573 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierStatementsOnOwnLine = false;
3574
3575 /**
3576 * Maximum line length when minifying JavaScript. This is not a hard maximum:
3577 * the minifier will try not to produce lines longer than this, but may be
3578 * forced to do so in certain cases.
3579 *
3580 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always 1,000; no longer configurable.
3581 */
3582 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierMaxLineLength = 1000;
3583
3584 /**
3585 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3586 *
3587 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3588 */
3589 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3590
3591 /**
3592 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3593 *
3594 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3595 * work.
3596 *
3597 * @par Example of legacy code:
3598 * @code{,js}
3599 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3600 * @endcode
3601 * or:
3602 * @code{,js}
3603 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3604 * @endcode
3605 *
3606 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3607 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3608 * @code{,js}
3609 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3610 * @endcode
3611 * or:
3612 * @code{,js}
3613 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3614 * @endcode
3615 */
3616 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3617
3618 /**
3619 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3620 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3621 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3622 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3623 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3624 * that you can't increase.
3625 *
3626 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3627 * string length limit.
3628 *
3629 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3630 */
3631 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3632
3633 /**
3634 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3635 * prior to minification to validate it.
3636 *
3637 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3638 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3639 */
3640 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3641
3642 /**
3643 * If set to true, statically-sourced (file-backed) JavaScript resources will
3644 * be parsed for validity before being bundled up into ResourceLoader modules.
3645 *
3646 * This can be helpful for development by providing better error messages in
3647 * default (non-debug) mode, but JavaScript parsing is slow and memory hungry
3648 * and may fail on large pre-bundled frameworks.
3649 */
3650 $wgResourceLoaderValidateStaticJS = false;
3651
3652 /**
3653 * Global LESS variables. An associative array binding variable names to
3654 * LESS code snippets representing their values.
3655 *
3656 * Adding an item here is equivalent to writing `@variable: value;`
3657 * at the beginning of all your .less files, with all the consequences.
3658 * In particular, string values must be escaped and quoted.
3659 *
3660 * Changes to LESS variables do not trigger cache invalidation.
3661 *
3662 * If the LESS variables need to be dynamic, you can use the
3663 * ResourceLoaderGetLessVars hook (since 1.25).
3664 *
3665 * @par Example:
3666 * @code
3667 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = array(
3668 * 'baseFontSize' => '1em',
3669 * 'smallFontSize' => '0.75em',
3670 * 'WikimediaBlue' => '#006699',
3671 * );
3672 * @endcode
3673 * @since 1.22
3674 */
3675 $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3676 /**
3677 * Minimum available screen width at which a device can be considered a tablet/desktop
3678 * The number is currently based on the device width of a Samsung Galaxy S5 mini and is low
3679 * enough to cover iPad (768px). Number is prone to change with new information.
3680 * @since 1.27
3681 */
3682 'deviceWidthTablet' => '720px',
3683 ];
3684
3685 /**
3686 * Default import paths for LESS modules. LESS files referenced in @import
3687 * statements will be looked up here first, and relative to the importing file
3688 * second. To avoid collisions, it's important for the LESS files in these
3689 * directories to have a common, predictable file name prefix.
3690 *
3691 * Extensions need not (and should not) register paths in
3692 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths. The import path includes the path of the
3693 * currently compiling LESS file, which allows each extension to freely import
3694 * files from its own tree.
3695 *
3696 * @since 1.22
3697 */
3698 $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths = [
3699 "$IP/resources/src/mediawiki.less/",
3700 ];
3701
3702 /**
3703 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3704 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3705 *
3706 * @since 1.23 - Client-side module persistence is experimental. Exercise care.
3707 */
3708 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = false;
3709
3710 /**
3711 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3712 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3713 *
3714 * @since 1.23
3715 */
3716 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3717
3718 /**
3719 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3720 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3721 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3722 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3723 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3724 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3725 * from the rest of the site.
3726 *
3727 * @since 1.25
3728 */
3729 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3730
3731 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3732
3733 /*************************************************************************//**
3734 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3735 * @{
3736 */
3737
3738 /**
3739 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3740 * used instead.
3741 */
3742 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3743
3744 /**
3745 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3746 *
3747 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3748 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3749 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3750 */
3751 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3752
3753 /**
3754 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3755 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3756 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3757 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3758 * hook or extension.json.
3759 *
3760 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3761 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3762 * the new namespace name.
3763 *
3764 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3765 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3766 *
3767 * @par Example:
3768 * @code
3769 * $wgExtraNamespaces = array(
3770 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3771 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3772 * 102 => "Aide",
3773 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3774 * );
3775 * @endcode
3776 *
3777 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3778 */
3779 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3780
3781 /**
3782 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3783 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3784 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3785 * @since 1.18
3786 */
3787 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3788
3789 /**
3790 * Namespace aliases.
3791 *
3792 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3793 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3794 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3795 * name.
3796 *
3797 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3798 *
3799 * @par Example:
3800 * @code
3801 * $wgNamespaceAliases = array(
3802 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3803 * 'Help' => 100,
3804 * );
3805 * @endcode
3806 */
3807 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3808
3809 /**
3810 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3811 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3812 *
3813 * Problematic punctuation:
3814 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3815 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3816 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3817 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3818 * corrupted by apache
3819 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3820 *
3821 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3822 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3823 *
3824 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3825 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3826 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3827 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3828 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3829 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3830 *
3831 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3832 *
3833 * Theoretically 0x80-0x9F of ISO 8859-1 should be disallowed, but
3834 * this breaks interlanguage links
3835 */
3836 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3837
3838 /**
3839 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3840 *
3841 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3842 */
3843 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3844
3845 /**
3846 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3847 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3848 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3849 *
3850 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3851 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3852 */
3853 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3854
3855 /**
3856 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3857 */
3858 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3859
3860 /**
3861 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3862 * @{
3863 */
3864
3865 /**
3866 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3867 * database (.cdb) file.
3868 *
3869 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3870 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3871 * formats such as the following:
3872 *
3873 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3874 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3875 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3876 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3877 *
3878 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3879 * data layout.
3880 *
3881 * @var bool|array|string
3882 */
3883 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3884
3885 /**
3886 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
3887 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
3888 * - 2: wiki and global levels
3889 * - 3: site levels
3890 */
3891 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
3892
3893 /**
3894 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
3895 */
3896 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
3897
3898 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
3899
3900 /**
3901 * @name SiteStore caching settings.
3902 * @{
3903 */
3904
3905 /**
3906 * Specify the file location for the Sites json cache file.
3907 */
3908 $wgSitesCacheFile = false;
3909
3910 /** @} */ # end of SiteStore caching settings.
3911
3912 /**
3913 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
3914 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
3915 * as 'redirected from' links.
3916 *
3917 * @par Example:
3918 * It might look something like this:
3919 * @code
3920 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
3921 * @endcode
3922 *
3923 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
3924 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
3925 * the URL.
3926 */
3927 $wgRedirectSources = false;
3928
3929 /**
3930 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
3931 *
3932 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
3933 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
3934 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
3935 */
3936 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
3937
3938 /**
3939 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such
3940 * as Special, see MWNamespace::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be
3941 * true by default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that
3942 * require them to be so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their
3943 * associated content namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the
3944 * subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from
3945 * NS_FILE.
3946 *
3947 * @par Example:
3948 * @code
3949 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
3950 * @endcode
3951 */
3952 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
3953
3954 /**
3955 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
3956 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
3957 */
3958 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
3959 NS_TALK => true,
3960 NS_USER => true,
3961 NS_USER_TALK => true,
3962 NS_PROJECT => true,
3963 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
3964 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
3965 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
3966 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
3967 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
3968 NS_HELP => true,
3969 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
3970 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
3971 ];
3972
3973 /**
3974 * Array holding default tracking category names.
3975 *
3976 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
3977 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
3978 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
3979 *
3980 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
3981 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
3982 *
3983 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
3984 * the new extension registration system.
3985 *
3986 * @since 1.23
3987 */
3988 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
3989
3990 /**
3991 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
3992 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
3993 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
3994 * number of articles in the wiki.
3995 */
3996 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
3997
3998 /**
3999 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4000 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4001 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4002 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4003 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4004 */
4005 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4006
4007 /**
4008 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4009 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4010 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4011 */
4012 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4013
4014 /**
4015 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4016 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4017 * will make the redirect fail.
4018 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4019 * (bug 10569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4020 *
4021 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4022 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4023 */
4024 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4025
4026 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4027
4028 /************************************************************************//**
4029 * @name Parser settings
4030 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4031 * @{
4032 */
4033
4034 /**
4035 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4036 *
4037 * class The class name
4038 *
4039 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4040 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4041 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4042 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4043 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4044 *
4045 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4046 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4047 *
4048 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4049 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4050 * the configuration will change at runtime via $wgParser member functions, so
4051 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4052 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4053 * an extension setup function.
4054 */
4055 $wgParserConf = [
4056 'class' => 'Parser',
4057 # 'preprocessorClass' => 'Preprocessor_Hash',
4058 ];
4059
4060 /**
4061 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4062 */
4063 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4064
4065 /**
4066 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4067 * by PPFrame::expand()
4068 */
4069 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4070
4071 /**
4072 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4073 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4074 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4075 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4076 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4077 *
4078 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4079 */
4080 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4081
4082 /**
4083 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4084 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4085 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4086 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4087 */
4088 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4089
4090 /**
4091 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4092 */
4093 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4094
4095 /**
4096 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4097 *
4098 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4099 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4100 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See bug #44011 for
4101 * more information.
4102 *
4103 * @see wfParseUrl
4104 */
4105 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4106 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4107 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4108 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4109 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4110 ];
4111
4112 /**
4113 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4114 */
4115 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4116
4117 /**
4118 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4119 */
4120 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4121
4122 /**
4123 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4124 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4125 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4126 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4127 *
4128 * @par Examples:
4129 * @code
4130 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4131 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = array( 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' );
4132 * @endcode
4133 */
4134 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4135
4136 /**
4137 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4138 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4139 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4140 * The image will be displayed.
4141 *
4142 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4143 * Or false to disable it
4144 */
4145 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = true;
4146
4147 /**
4148 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4149 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4150 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4151 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4152 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4153 * sites they control.
4154 */
4155 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4156
4157 /**
4158 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4159 * array to enable an external tool. Dave Raggett's "HTML Tidy" is typically
4160 * used. See http://www.w3.org/People/Raggett/tidy/
4161 *
4162 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is true, the deprecated configuration
4163 * parameters will be used instead.
4164 *
4165 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is false, a pure PHP fallback will be used.
4166 *
4167 * Keys are:
4168 * - driver: May be:
4169 * - RaggettInternalHHVM: Use the limited-functionality HHVM extension
4170 * - RaggettInternalPHP: Use the PECL extension
4171 * - RaggettExternal: Shell out to an external binary (tidyBin)
4172 *
4173 * - tidyConfigFile: Path to configuration file for any of the Raggett drivers
4174 * - debugComment: True to add a comment to the output with warning messages
4175 * - tidyBin: For RaggettExternal, the path to the tidy binary.
4176 * - tidyCommandLine: For RaggettExternal, additional command line options.
4177 */
4178 $wgTidyConfig = null;
4179
4180 /**
4181 * Set this to true to use the deprecated tidy configuration parameters.
4182 * @deprecated use $wgTidyConfig
4183 */
4184 $wgUseTidy = false;
4185
4186 /**
4187 * The path to the tidy binary.
4188 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyBin']
4189 */
4190 $wgTidyBin = 'tidy';
4191
4192 /**
4193 * The path to the tidy config file
4194 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyConfigFile']
4195 */
4196 $wgTidyConf = $IP . '/includes/tidy/tidy.conf';
4197
4198 /**
4199 * The command line options to the tidy binary
4200 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyCommandLine']
4201 */
4202 $wgTidyOpts = '';
4203
4204 /**
4205 * Set this to true to use the tidy extension
4206 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['driver']
4207 */
4208 $wgTidyInternal = extension_loaded( 'tidy' );
4209
4210 /**
4211 * Put tidy warnings in HTML comments
4212 * Only works for internal tidy.
4213 */
4214 $wgDebugTidy = false;
4215
4216 /**
4217 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4218 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4219 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4220 */
4221 $wgRawHtml = false;
4222
4223 /**
4224 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window
4225 */
4226 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4227
4228 /**
4229 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4230 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4231 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4232 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4233 */
4234 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4235
4236 /**
4237 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4238 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4239 */
4240 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4241
4242 /**
4243 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4244 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4245 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4246 *
4247 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = array( 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org',
4248 * 'mediawiki.org' );
4249 *
4250 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4251 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4252 * etc.
4253 *
4254 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4255 */
4256 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4257
4258 /**
4259 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4260 */
4261 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4262
4263 /**
4264 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4265 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4266 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4267 */
4268 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4269
4270 /**
4271 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4272 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4273 */
4274 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4275
4276 /**
4277 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4278 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4279 */
4280 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4281
4282 /**
4283 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4284 */
4285 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4286
4287 /**
4288 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in transcache database table.
4289 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4290 */
4291 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4292
4293 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4294
4295 /************************************************************************//**
4296 * @name Statistics
4297 * @{
4298 */
4299
4300 /**
4301 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4302 * as a valid article.
4303 *
4304 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4305 *
4306 * This variable can have the following values:
4307 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4308 * - 'comma': the page must contain a comma to be considered valid
4309 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4310 *
4311 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4312 *
4313 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4314 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4315 * script.
4316 */
4317 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4318
4319 /**
4320 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4321 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4322 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4323 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4324 * numbers between different wikis.
4325 */
4326 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4327
4328 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4329
4330 /************************************************************************//**
4331 * @name User accounts, authentication
4332 * @{
4333 */
4334
4335 /**
4336 * Central ID lookup providers
4337 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4338 * @since 1.27
4339 */
4340 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4341 'local' => [ 'class' => 'LocalIdLookup' ],
4342 ];
4343
4344 /**
4345 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4346 * @var string
4347 */
4348 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4349
4350 /**
4351 * Password policy for local wiki users. A user's effective policy
4352 * is the superset of all policy statements from the policies for the
4353 * groups where the user is a member. If more than one group policy
4354 * include the same policy statement, the value is the max() of the
4355 * values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group is required,
4356 * and serves as the minimum policy for all users. New statements can
4357 * be added by appending to $wgPasswordPolicy['checks'].
4358 * Statements:
4359 * - MinimalPasswordLength - minimum length a user can set
4360 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - passwords shorter than this will
4361 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4362 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4363 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4364 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match username to
4365 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4366 * match a specific, hardcoded blacklist.
4367 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4368 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4369 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4370 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4371 * @since 1.26
4372 */
4373 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4374 'policies' => [
4375 'bureaucrat' => [
4376 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4377 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4378 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4379 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4380 ],
4381 'sysop' => [
4382 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4383 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4384 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4385 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4386 ],
4387 'bot' => [
4388 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4389 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4390 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4391 ],
4392 'default' => [
4393 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 1,
4394 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4395 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => true,
4396 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 4096,
4397 ],
4398 ],
4399 'checks' => [
4400 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4401 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4402 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4403 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4404 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4405 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist'
4406 ],
4407 ];
4408
4409 /**
4410 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4411 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4412 */
4413 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4414
4415 /**
4416 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4417 * words are allowed.
4418 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4419 */
4420 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4421
4422 /**
4423 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4424 *
4425 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4426 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4427 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4428 *
4429 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4430 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4431 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4432 */
4433 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4434
4435 /**
4436 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4437 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4438 * @since 1.23
4439 */
4440 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4441
4442 /**
4443 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4444 *
4445 * @since 1.24
4446 */
4447 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4448
4449 /**
4450 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4451 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4452 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4453 *
4454 * An advanced example:
4455 * @code
4456 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = array(
4457 * 'class' => 'EncryptedPassword',
4458 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4459 * 'secrets' => array(),
4460 * 'cipher' => MCRYPT_RIJNDAEL_256,
4461 * 'mode' => MCRYPT_MODE_CBC,
4462 * 'cost' => 5,
4463 * );
4464 * @endcode
4465 *
4466 * @since 1.24
4467 */
4468 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4469 'A' => [
4470 'class' => 'MWOldPassword',
4471 ],
4472 'B' => [
4473 'class' => 'MWSaltedPassword',
4474 ],
4475 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4476 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4477 'types' => [
4478 'A',
4479 'pbkdf2',
4480 ],
4481 ],
4482 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4483 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4484 'types' => [
4485 'B',
4486 'pbkdf2',
4487 ],
4488 ],
4489 'bcrypt' => [
4490 'class' => 'BcryptPassword',
4491 'cost' => 9,
4492 ],
4493 'pbkdf2' => [
4494 'class' => 'Pbkdf2Password',
4495 'algo' => 'sha256',
4496 'cost' => '10000',
4497 'length' => '128',
4498 ],
4499 ];
4500
4501 /**
4502 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4503 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4504 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4505 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4506 */
4507 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4508 'username' => true,
4509 'email' => true,
4510 ];
4511
4512 /**
4513 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4514 */
4515 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4516
4517 /**
4518 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4519 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4520 */
4521 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4522
4523 /**
4524 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4525 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4526 */
4527 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4528 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4529 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4530 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4531 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4532 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4533 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4534 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4535 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4536 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4537 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4538 ];
4539
4540 /**
4541 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4542 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4543 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4544 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4545 */
4546 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4547 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4548 'cols' => 80,
4549 'date' => 'default',
4550 'diffonly' => 0,
4551 'disablemail' => 0,
4552 'editfont' => 'default',
4553 'editondblclick' => 0,
4554 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4555 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4556 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4557 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4558 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4559 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4560 'fancysig' => 0,
4561 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4562 'gender' => 'unknown',
4563 'hideminor' => 0,
4564 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4565 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4566 'imagesize' => 2,
4567 'math' => 1,
4568 'minordefault' => 0,
4569 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4570 'nickname' => '',
4571 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4572 'numberheadings' => 0,
4573 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4574 'previewontop' => 1,
4575 'rcdays' => 7,
4576 'rclimit' => 50,
4577 'rows' => 25,
4578 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4579 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4580 'showtoolbar' => 1,
4581 'skin' => false,
4582 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4583 'thumbsize' => 5,
4584 'underline' => 2,
4585 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4586 'usenewrc' => 1,
4587 'watchcreations' => 1,
4588 'watchdefault' => 1,
4589 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4590 'watchuploads' => 1,
4591 'watchlistdays' => 3.0,
4592 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4593 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4594 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4595 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4596 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4597 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4598 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4599 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4600 'watchmoves' => 0,
4601 'watchrollback' => 0,
4602 'wllimit' => 250,
4603 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4604 'prefershttps' => 1,
4605 ];
4606
4607 /**
4608 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4609 */
4610 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4611
4612 /**
4613 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4614 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4615 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4616 */
4617 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4618
4619 /**
4620 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4621 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4622 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4623 *
4624 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4625 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4626 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4627 */
4628 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4629
4630 /**
4631 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4632 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4633 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4634 * @since 1.17
4635 */
4636 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4637
4638 /**
4639 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4640 *
4641 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4642 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4643 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4644 *
4645 * @since 1.27
4646 * @var string|null
4647 */
4648 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4649
4650 /**
4651 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4652 *
4653 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4654 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4655 *
4656 * @since 1.27
4657 */
4658 $wgSessionProviders = [
4659 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4660 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4661 'args' => [ [
4662 'priority' => 30,
4663 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4664 ] ],
4665 ],
4666 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4667 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4668 'args' => [ [
4669 'priority' => 40,
4670 ] ],
4671 ],
4672 ];
4673
4674 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
4675
4676 /************************************************************************//**
4677 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
4678 * @{
4679 */
4680
4681 /**
4682 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
4683 */
4684 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
4685
4686 /**
4687 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
4688 */
4689 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
4690
4691 /**
4692 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
4693 */
4694 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
4695
4696 /**
4697 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
4698 *
4699 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
4700 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
4701 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
4702 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
4703 *
4704 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
4705 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
4706 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
4707 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
4708 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
4709 */
4710 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
4711 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
4712 'IPv6' => 19,
4713 ];
4714
4715 /**
4716 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
4717 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
4718 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
4719 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
4720 * anonymous visitors.
4721 */
4722 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
4723
4724 /**
4725 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
4726 *
4727 * @par Example:
4728 * @code
4729 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
4730 * @endcode
4731 *
4732 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
4733 *
4734 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
4735 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
4736 *
4737 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
4738 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
4739 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
4740 */
4741 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
4742
4743 /**
4744 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
4745 *
4746 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
4747 * is without underscore.
4748 *
4749 * @par Example:
4750 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
4751 * @code
4752 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = array( "/Main Page/" );
4753 * @endcode
4754 *
4755 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
4756 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
4757 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
4758 *
4759 * @par Example:
4760 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
4761 * @code
4762 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = array( "@^UsEr.*@i" );
4763 * @endcode
4764 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
4765 *
4766 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
4767 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
4768 */
4769 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
4770
4771 /**
4772 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
4773 * address before being allowed to edit?
4774 */
4775 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
4776
4777 /**
4778 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
4779 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
4780 */
4781 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
4782
4783 /**
4784 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
4785 *
4786 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
4787 * array of the format (right => boolean).
4788 *
4789 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
4790 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
4791 *
4792 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
4793 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
4794 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
4795 * in in the user_groups table.
4796 *
4797 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = array(); unless you know what you're
4798 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
4799 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
4800 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
4801 *
4802 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
4803 * for security. Use at your own risk!
4804 *
4805 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
4806 */
4807 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
4808
4809 /** @cond file_level_code */
4810 // Implicit group for all visitors
4811 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
4812 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
4813 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
4814 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
4815 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
4816 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
4817 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyusercss'] = true;
4818 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
4819 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
4820 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
4821 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
4822 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
4823 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
4824 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
4825
4826 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
4827 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
4828 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
4829 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
4830 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
4831 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
4832 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
4833 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
4834 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
4835 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
4836 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
4837 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
4838 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
4839 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
4840 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
4841 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true; // can use ?action=purge without clicking "ok"
4842 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
4843 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
4844 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
4845
4846 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
4847 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
4848 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
4849
4850 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
4851 // from various log pages by default
4852 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
4853 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
4854 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
4855 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
4856 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
4857 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
4858 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
4859 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
4860
4861 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
4862 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
4863 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
4864 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
4865 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
4866 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
4867 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
4868 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
4869 // can view deleted revision text
4870 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
4871 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
4872 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
4873 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editusercss'] = true;
4874 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjs'] = true;
4875 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
4876 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
4877 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
4878 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
4879 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
4880 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
4881 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
4882 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
4883 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
4884 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
4885 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
4886 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
4887 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
4888 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
4889 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
4890 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
4891 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
4892 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
4893 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
4894 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
4895 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
4896 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
4897 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
4898 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
4899 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
4900 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
4901 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
4902 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
4903 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
4904 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
4905 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
4906
4907 // Permission to change users' group assignments
4908 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
4909 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
4910 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
4911 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
4912 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
4913 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
4914
4915 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
4916 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
4917 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
4918 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
4919 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
4920 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
4921 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
4922 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
4923 // For private suppression log access
4924 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
4925
4926 /**
4927 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
4928 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
4929 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
4930 * server.
4931 */
4932 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
4933
4934 /** @endcond */
4935
4936 /**
4937 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
4938 *
4939 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
4940 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
4941 *
4942 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
4943 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
4944 */
4945 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
4946
4947 /**
4948 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
4949 */
4950 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
4951
4952 /**
4953 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
4954 * are allowed to add or revoke.
4955 *
4956 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
4957 * group".
4958 *
4959 * @par Example:
4960 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
4961 * @code
4962 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = array( 'sysop' => array( 'bot' ) );
4963 * @endcode
4964 *
4965 * @par Example:
4966 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
4967 * @code
4968 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = array( '*' => true );
4969 * @endcode
4970 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
4971 * any group that they happen to be in.
4972 */
4973 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
4974
4975 /**
4976 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
4977 */
4978 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
4979
4980 /**
4981 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
4982 * You probably shouldn't change this.
4983 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
4984 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
4985 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
4986 */
4987 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
4988
4989 /**
4990 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
4991 *
4992 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
4993 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
4994 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
4995 *
4996 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
4997 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
4998 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
4999 */
5000 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5001
5002 /**
5003 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5004 *
5005 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5006 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5007 *
5008 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5009 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5010 */
5011 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5012
5013 /**
5014 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5015 *
5016 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5017 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5018 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5019 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5020 * "semiprotected".
5021 *
5022 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5023 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5024 */
5025 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5026
5027 /**
5028 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5029 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5030 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5031 *
5032 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5033 */
5034 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5035
5036 /**
5037 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5038 *
5039 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5040 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5041 *
5042 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5043 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5044 */
5045 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5046
5047 /**
5048 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5049 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5050 * privileges of new accounts.
5051 *
5052 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5053 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5054 *
5055 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5056 *
5057 * @par Example:
5058 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5059 * @code
5060 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5061 * @endcode
5062 * Set age to one day:
5063 * @code
5064 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5065 * @endcode
5066 */
5067 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5068
5069 /**
5070 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5071 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5072 *
5073 * @par Example:
5074 * @code
5075 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5076 * @endcode
5077 */
5078 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5079
5080 /**
5081 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5082 *
5083 * @todo Redocument $wgAutopromote
5084 *
5085 * The format is
5086 * array( '&' or '|' or '^' or '!', cond1, cond2, ... )
5087 * where cond1, cond2, ... are themselves conditions; *OR*
5088 * APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED, *OR*
5089 * array( APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ), *OR*
5090 * array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ), *OR*
5091 * array( APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ), *OR*
5092 * array( APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ), *OR*
5093 * array( APCOND_ISIP, ip ), *OR*
5094 * array( APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ), *OR*
5095 * array( APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ), *OR*
5096 * array( APCOND_BLOCKED ), *OR*
5097 * array( APCOND_ISBOT ), *OR*
5098 * similar constructs defined by extensions.
5099 *
5100 * If $wgEmailAuthentication is off, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5101 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5102 */
5103 $wgAutopromote = [
5104 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5105 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5106 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5107 ],
5108 ];
5109
5110 /**
5111 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5112 *
5113 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5114 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5115 *
5116 * The format is:
5117 * @code
5118 * array( event => criteria, ... )
5119 * @endcode
5120 * Where event is either:
5121 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5122 *
5123 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5124 *
5125 * @see $wgAutopromote
5126 * @since 1.18
5127 */
5128 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5129 'onEdit' => [],
5130 ];
5131
5132 /**
5133 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5134 * @since 1.18
5135 */
5136 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5137
5138 /**
5139 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5140 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5141 *
5142 * @par Example:
5143 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5144 * @code
5145 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5146 * @endcode
5147 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5148 * @code
5149 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = array( 'bot', 'sysop' );
5150 * @endcode
5151 * Sysops can make bots:
5152 * @code
5153 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = array( 'bot' );
5154 * @endcode
5155 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5156 * @code
5157 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = array( 'sysop', 'bot' );
5158 * @endcode
5159 */
5160 $wgAddGroups = [];
5161
5162 /**
5163 * @see $wgAddGroups
5164 */
5165 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5166
5167 /**
5168 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5169 * For extensions only.
5170 */
5171 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5172
5173 /**
5174 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5175 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5176 */
5177 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5178
5179 /**
5180 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5181 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5182 * This is limited for performance reason.
5183 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5184 * @since 1.23
5185 */
5186 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5187
5188 /**
5189 * Number of accounts each IP address may create, 0 to disable.
5190 *
5191 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5192 */
5193 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = 0;
5194
5195 /**
5196 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5197 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5198 *
5199 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5200 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5201 *
5202 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5203 *
5204 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5205 */
5206 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5207
5208 /**
5209 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5210 */
5211 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5212
5213 /**
5214 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5215 * proxies
5216 * @since 1.16
5217 */
5218 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5219
5220 /**
5221 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5222 *
5223 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5224 * the blacklist require a key).
5225 *
5226 * @par Example:
5227 * @code
5228 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = array(
5229 * // String containing URL
5230 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5231 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5232 * array( 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ),
5233 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5234 * // just use a string as shown above
5235 * array( 'opm.tornevall.org.' )
5236 * );
5237 * @endcode
5238 *
5239 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5240 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5241 * @since 1.16
5242 */
5243 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5244
5245 /**
5246 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5247 * what the other methods might say.
5248 */
5249 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5250
5251 /**
5252 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5253 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5254 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5255 */
5256 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5257
5258 /**
5259 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5260 *
5261 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5262 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5263 * elapses.
5264 *
5265 * @par Example:
5266 * To set a generic maximum of 4 hits in 60 seconds:
5267 * @code
5268 * $wgRateLimits = array( 4, 60 );
5269 * @endcode
5270 *
5271 * @par Example:
5272 * You could also limit per action and then type of users.
5273 * @code
5274 * $wgRateLimits = array(
5275 * 'edit' => array(
5276 * 'anon' => array( x, y ), // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5277 * 'user' => array( x, y ), // each logged-in user
5278 * 'newbie' => array( x, y ), // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5279 * 'ip' => array( x, y ), // each anon and recent account
5280 * 'subnet' => array( x, y ), // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5281 * )
5282 * )
5283 * @endcode
5284 *
5285 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5286 */
5287 $wgRateLimits = [
5288 // Page edits
5289 'edit' => [
5290 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5291 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5292 ],
5293 // Page moves
5294 'move' => [
5295 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5296 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5297 ],
5298 // File uploads
5299 'upload' => [
5300 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5301 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5302 ],
5303 // Page rollbacks
5304 'rollback' => [
5305 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5306 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5307 ],
5308 // Triggering password resets emails
5309 'mailpassword' => [
5310 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5311 ],
5312 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5313 'emailuser' => [
5314 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5315 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5316 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5317 ],
5318 // Purging pages
5319 'purge' => [
5320 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5321 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5322 ],
5323 // Purges of link tables
5324 'linkpurge' => [
5325 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5326 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5327 ],
5328 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5329 'renderfile' => [
5330 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5331 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5332 ],
5333 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5334 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5335 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5336 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5337 ],
5338 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5339 'stashedit' => [
5340 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5341 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5342 ],
5343 // Adding or removing change tags
5344 'changetag' => [
5345 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5346 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5347 ],
5348 ];
5349
5350 /**
5351 * Array of IPs which should be excluded from rate limits.
5352 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5353 */
5354 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5355
5356 /**
5357 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5358 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5359 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5360 */
5361 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5362
5363 /**
5364 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5365 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5366 */
5367 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5368
5369 /**
5370 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5371 *
5372 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5373 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5374 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5375 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5376 *
5377 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5378 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5379 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5380 */
5381 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5382 // Short term limit
5383 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5384 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5385 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5386 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5387 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60*60*48 ],
5388 ];
5389
5390 /**
5391 * @var Array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5392 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5393 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5394 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5395 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5396 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5397 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5398 * @since 1.27
5399 */
5400 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5401
5402 // @TODO: clean up grants
5403 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5404
5405 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5406 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5407 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoreview'] = true;
5408 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5409 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5410 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5411 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5412 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5413 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5414 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5415 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['torunblocked'] = true;
5416 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5417
5418 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5419 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5420 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5421 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5422
5423 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5424 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5425 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5426 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5427
5428 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5429 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5430
5431 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5432 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5433 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5434
5435 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5436
5437 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5438 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5439 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editusercss'] = true;
5440 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjs'] = true;
5441
5442 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5443 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5444 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5445 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5446 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5447 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5448 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5449
5450 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5451 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5452
5453 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5454 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5455 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5456 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5457 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5458 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5459
5460 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5461
5462 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5463
5464 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5465 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5466
5467 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5468 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5469 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5470
5471 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5472 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5473 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5474 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5475 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5476 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5477 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5478
5479 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5480 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5481
5482 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5483
5484 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5485
5486 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5487
5488 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5489
5490 /**
5491 * @var Array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5492 * @since 1.27
5493 */
5494 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5495 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5496 'basic' => 'hidden',
5497
5498 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5499 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5500 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5501 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5502
5503 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5504 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5505
5506 'sendemail' => 'email',
5507
5508 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5509 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5510
5511 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5512 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5513
5514 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5515 'rollback' => 'administration',
5516 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5517 'delete' => 'administration',
5518 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5519 'protect' => 'administration',
5520 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5521
5522 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5523 ];
5524
5525 /**
5526 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5527 * @since 1.27
5528 */
5529 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5530
5531 /**
5532 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5533 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5534 * @since 1.27
5535 */
5536 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5537
5538 /**
5539 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5540 *
5541 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5542 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5543 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5544 * @since 1.27
5545 */
5546 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5547
5548 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5549
5550 /************************************************************************//**
5551 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5552 * @{
5553 */
5554
5555 /**
5556 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5557 */
5558 $wgSecretKey = false;
5559
5560 /**
5561 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5562 *
5563 * This can have the following formats:
5564 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
5565 * or the keys (for backward compatibility)
5566 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
5567 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5568 */
5569 $wgProxyList = [];
5570
5571 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
5572
5573 /************************************************************************//**
5574 * @name Cookie settings
5575 * @{
5576 */
5577
5578 /**
5579 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
5580 */
5581 $wgCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
5582
5583 /**
5584 * The identifiers of the login cookies that can have their lifetimes
5585 * extended independently of all other login cookies.
5586 *
5587 * @var string[]
5588 */
5589 $wgExtendedLoginCookies = [ 'UserID', 'Token' ];
5590
5591 /**
5592 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
5593 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
5594 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
5595 * login cookies session-only.
5596 */
5597 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = null;
5598
5599 /**
5600 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
5601 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
5602 */
5603 $wgCookieDomain = '';
5604
5605 /**
5606 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
5607 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
5608 */
5609 $wgCookiePath = '/';
5610
5611 /**
5612 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
5613 * - true: Set secure flag
5614 * - false: Don't set secure flag
5615 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
5616 */
5617 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
5618
5619 /**
5620 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
5621 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
5622 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
5623 * check.
5624 */
5625 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
5626
5627 /**
5628 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
5629 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
5630 * name to be used as a prefix.
5631 */
5632 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
5633
5634 /**
5635 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
5636 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
5637 * XSS attack.
5638 */
5639 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
5640
5641 /**
5642 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
5643 */
5644 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
5645
5646 /**
5647 * Override to customise the session name
5648 */
5649 $wgSessionName = false;
5650
5651 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
5652
5653 /************************************************************************//**
5654 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
5655 * @{
5656 */
5657
5658 /**
5659 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
5660 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
5661 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
5662 * Please see math/README for more information.
5663 */
5664 $wgUseTeX = false;
5665
5666 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
5667
5668 /************************************************************************//**
5669 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
5670 *
5671 * To enable profiling, edit StartProfiler.php
5672 *
5673 * @{
5674 */
5675
5676 /**
5677 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
5678 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
5679 * may contain private data.
5680 */
5681 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
5682
5683 /**
5684 * Prefix for debug log lines
5685 */
5686 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
5687
5688 /**
5689 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
5690 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
5691 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
5692 */
5693 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
5694
5695 /**
5696 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
5697 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
5698 * and gen=js requests.
5699 */
5700 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
5701
5702 /**
5703 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
5704 *
5705 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
5706 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
5707 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
5708 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
5709 */
5710 $wgDebugComments = false;
5711
5712 /**
5713 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
5714 *
5715 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
5716 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
5717 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
5718 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
5719 */
5720 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
5721
5722 /**
5723 * Performance expectations for DB usage
5724 *
5725 * @since 1.26
5726 */
5727 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
5728 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
5729 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
5730 'GET' => [
5731 'masterConns' => 0,
5732 'writes' => 0,
5733 'readQueryTime' => 5
5734 ],
5735 // HTTP POST requests.
5736 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
5737 'POST' => [
5738 'readQueryTime' => 5,
5739 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
5740 'maxAffected' => 500
5741 ],
5742 'POST-nonwrite' => [
5743 'masterConns' => 0,
5744 'writes' => 0,
5745 'readQueryTime' => 5
5746 ],
5747 // Background job runner
5748 'JobRunner' => [
5749 'readQueryTime' => 30,
5750 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
5751 'maxAffected' => 1000
5752 ],
5753 // Command-line scripts
5754 'Maintenance' => [
5755 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
5756 'maxAffected' => 1000
5757 ]
5758 ];
5759
5760 /**
5761 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
5762 *
5763 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
5764 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
5765 * in production.
5766 *
5767 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
5768 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
5769 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
5770 * - associative array with keys:
5771 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
5772 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
5773 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
5774 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
5775 *
5776 * @par Example:
5777 * @code
5778 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
5779 * @endcode
5780 *
5781 * @par Advanced example:
5782 * @code
5783 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = array(
5784 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
5785 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
5786 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
5787 * );
5788 * @endcode
5789 */
5790 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
5791
5792 /**
5793 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
5794 *
5795 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
5796 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
5797 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
5798 * details.
5799 *
5800 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
5801 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
5802 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
5803 *
5804 * @par To completely disable logging:
5805 * @code
5806 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = array( 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\NullSpi' );
5807 * @endcode
5808 *
5809 * @since 1.25
5810 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
5811 * @see MwLogger
5812 */
5813 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
5814 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\LegacySpi',
5815 ];
5816
5817 /**
5818 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
5819 *
5820 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
5821 */
5822 $wgShowDebug = false;
5823
5824 /**
5825 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
5826 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
5827 */
5828 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
5829
5830 /**
5831 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
5832 */
5833 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
5834
5835 /**
5836 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
5837 */
5838 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
5839
5840 /**
5841 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
5842 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
5843 * to an attacker.
5844 */
5845 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
5846
5847 /**
5848 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print a complete stack trace
5849 * to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it may reveal
5850 * private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
5851 * formatting.
5852 */
5853 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
5854
5855 /**
5856 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
5857 *
5858 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
5859 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
5860 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
5861 * exception handler.
5862 */
5863 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
5864
5865 /**
5866 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
5867 */
5868 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
5869
5870 /**
5871 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
5872 */
5873 $wgShowHostnames = false;
5874
5875 /**
5876 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
5877 * Should be a string, default false.
5878 * @since 1.20
5879 */
5880 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
5881
5882 /**
5883 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
5884 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
5885 */
5886 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
5887
5888 /**
5889 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
5890 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
5891 * after the limit.
5892 */
5893 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
5894
5895 /**
5896 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
5897 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
5898 */
5899 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
5900
5901 /**
5902 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
5903 *
5904 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
5905 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
5906 */
5907 $wgProfileOnly = false;
5908
5909 /**
5910 * Destination of statsd metrics.
5911 *
5912 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
5913 *
5914 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
5915 *
5916 * @see wfLogProfilingData
5917 * @since 1.25
5918 */
5919 $wgStatsdServer = false;
5920
5921 /**
5922 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
5923 *
5924 * @see MediaWikiServices::getStatsdDataFactory
5925 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
5926 * @since 1.25
5927 */
5928 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
5929
5930 /**
5931 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
5932 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
5933 * templates.
5934 */
5935 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
5936
5937 /**
5938 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
5939 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
5940 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
5941 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
5942 */
5943 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
5944
5945 /**
5946 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
5947 * filename is passed to it.
5948 *
5949 * Extensions may add their own tests to this array, or site-local tests
5950 * may be added via LocalSettings.php
5951 *
5952 * Use full paths.
5953 */
5954 $wgParserTestFiles = [
5955 "$IP/tests/parser/parserTests.txt",
5956 "$IP/tests/parser/extraParserTests.txt"
5957 ];
5958
5959 /**
5960 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
5961 */
5962 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
5963
5964 /**
5965 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
5966 * @since 1.19
5967 */
5968 $wgCachePrefix = false;
5969
5970 /**
5971 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
5972 * queries and other useful output.
5973 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseSquid is enabled.
5974 *
5975 * @since 1.19
5976 */
5977 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
5978
5979 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
5980
5981 /************************************************************************//**
5982 * @name Search
5983 * @{
5984 */
5985
5986 /**
5987 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
5988 */
5989 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
5990
5991 /**
5992 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
5993 * by default off due to execution overhead
5994 */
5995 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
5996
5997 /**
5998 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
5999 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6000 */
6001 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6002
6003 /**
6004 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6005 *
6006 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6007 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6008 *
6009 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6010 *
6011 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6012 */
6013 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6014
6015 /**
6016 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6017 *
6018 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6019 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6020 *
6021 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6022 */
6023 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6024 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6025 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6026 ];
6027
6028 /**
6029 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6030 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6031 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6032 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6033 */
6034 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6035
6036 /**
6037 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6038 * OpenSearch call.
6039 */
6040 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6041
6042 /**
6043 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6044 */
6045 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6046
6047 /**
6048 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6049 */
6050 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6051
6052 /**
6053 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6054 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6055 */
6056 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6057
6058 /**
6059 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6060 *
6061 * @par Example:
6062 * @code
6063 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6064 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6065 * @endcode
6066 */
6067 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6068 NS_MAIN => true,
6069 ];
6070
6071 /**
6072 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6073 * implemented by an extension instead.
6074 */
6075 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6076
6077 /**
6078 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6079 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6080 * search term.
6081 *
6082 * @par Example:
6083 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6084 * @code
6085 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6086 * 'http://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6087 * '&domains=http://example.com' .
6088 * '&sitesearch=http://example.com' .
6089 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6090 * @endcode
6091 */
6092 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6093
6094 /**
6095 * Search form behavior.
6096 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6097 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6098 */
6099 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6100
6101 /**
6102 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6103 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6104 * generated for all namespaces.
6105 */
6106 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6107
6108 /**
6109 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6110 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6111 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6112 *
6113 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6114 * @par Example:
6115 * @code
6116 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = array(
6117 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6118 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6119 * );
6120 * @endcode
6121 */
6122 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6123
6124 /**
6125 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6126 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6127 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6128 */
6129 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6130
6131 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6132
6133 /************************************************************************//**
6134 * @name Edit user interface
6135 * @{
6136 */
6137
6138 /**
6139 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6140 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6141 */
6142 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6143
6144 /**
6145 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6146 */
6147 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6148
6149 /**
6150 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6151 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6152 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6153 */
6154 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6155 NS_CATEGORY => true
6156 ];
6157
6158 /**
6159 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6160 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6161 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6162 */
6163 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6164
6165 /**
6166 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6167 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6168 * ting this variable false.
6169 */
6170 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6171
6172 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6173
6174 /************************************************************************//**
6175 * @name Maintenance
6176 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6177 * @{
6178 */
6179
6180 /**
6181 * @cond file_level_code
6182 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6183 */
6184 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6185 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6186 }
6187 /** @endcond */
6188
6189 /**
6190 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6191 */
6192 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6193
6194 /**
6195 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6196 * used as an explanation to users.
6197 *
6198 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6199 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6200 * option in MySQL.
6201 */
6202 $wgReadOnly = null;
6203
6204 /**
6205 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6206 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6207 * message.
6208 *
6209 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6210 */
6211 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6212
6213 /**
6214 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6215 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6216 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6217 *
6218 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6219 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6220 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6221 */
6222 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6223
6224 /**
6225 * Fully specified path to git binary
6226 */
6227 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6228
6229 /**
6230 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6231 *
6232 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6233 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6234 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6235 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6236 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6237 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6238 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6239 *
6240 * @since 1.20
6241 */
6242 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6243 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6244 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6245 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6246 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6247 ];
6248
6249 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6250
6251 /************************************************************************//**
6252 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6253 * @{
6254 */
6255
6256 /**
6257 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6258 * seconds will go.
6259 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6260 */
6261 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6262
6263 /**
6264 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6265 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6266 * @since 1.26
6267 */
6268 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6269
6270 /**
6271 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6272 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6273 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6274 * @since 1.26
6275 */
6276 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6277
6278 /**
6279 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6280 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6281 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6282 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6283 * is still there.
6284 */
6285 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6286
6287 /**
6288 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6289 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6290 */
6291 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6292
6293 /**
6294 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6295 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6296 */
6297 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6298
6299 /**
6300 * Destinations to which notifications about recent changes
6301 * should be sent.
6302 *
6303 * As of MediaWiki 1.22, there are 2 supported 'engine' parameter option in core:
6304 * * 'UDPRCFeedEngine', which is used to send recent changes over UDP to the
6305 * specified server.
6306 * * 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine', which is used to send recent changes to Redis.
6307 *
6308 * The common options are:
6309 * * 'uri' -- the address to which the notices are to be sent.
6310 * * 'formatter' -- the class name (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6311 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6312 * * 'omit_bots' -- whether the bot edits should be in the feed
6313 * * 'omit_anon' -- whether anonymous edits should be in the feed
6314 * * 'omit_user' -- whether edits by registered users should be in the feed
6315 * * 'omit_minor' -- whether minor edits should be in the feed
6316 * * 'omit_patrolled' -- whether patrolled edits should be in the feed
6317 *
6318 * The IRC-specific options are:
6319 * * 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6320 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6321 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6322 *
6323 * The JSON-specific options are:
6324 * * 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6325 *
6326 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = array(
6327 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6328 * 'uri' => "udp://localhost:1336",
6329 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6330 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6331 * );
6332 * @example $wgRCFeeds['exampleirc'] = array(
6333 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6334 * 'uri' => "udp://localhost:1338",
6335 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6336 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6337 * );
6338 * @since 1.22
6339 */
6340 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6341
6342 /**
6343 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine to use for a given URI scheme.
6344 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of engine classes.
6345 */
6346 $wgRCEngines = [
6347 'redis' => 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine',
6348 'udp' => 'UDPRCFeedEngine',
6349 ];
6350
6351 /**
6352 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6353 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6354 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6355 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6356 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6357 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6358 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6359 *
6360 * @since 1.27
6361 */
6362 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6363
6364 /**
6365 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6366 * New pages and new files are included.
6367 */
6368 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6369
6370 /**
6371 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6372 */
6373 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6374
6375 /**
6376 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6377 *
6378 * @since 1.27
6379 */
6380 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6381
6382 /**
6383 * Log autopatrol actions to the log table
6384 */
6385 $wgLogAutopatrol = true;
6386
6387 /**
6388 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6389 */
6390 $wgFeed = true;
6391
6392 /**
6393 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6394 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6395 */
6396 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6397
6398 /**
6399 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6400 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6401 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6402 *
6403 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6404 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6405 */
6406 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6407
6408 /**
6409 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6410 * pages larger than this size.
6411 */
6412 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6413
6414 /**
6415 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
6416 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
6417 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
6418 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
6419 * as value.
6420 * @par Example:
6421 * Configure the 'atom' feed to http://example.com/somefeed.xml
6422 * @code
6423 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "http://example.com/somefeed.xml";
6424 * @endcode
6425 */
6426 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
6427
6428 /**
6429 * Available feeds objects.
6430 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
6431 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
6432 */
6433 $wgFeedClasses = [
6434 'rss' => 'RSSFeed',
6435 'atom' => 'AtomFeed',
6436 ];
6437
6438 /**
6439 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
6440 * 'atom', neither, or both.
6441 */
6442 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
6443
6444 /**
6445 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
6446 */
6447 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
6448
6449 /**
6450 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
6451 */
6452 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
6453
6454 /**
6455 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
6456 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
6457 * highlighted on the RC page.
6458 */
6459 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
6460
6461 /**
6462 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
6463 * view for watched pages with new changes
6464 */
6465 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
6466
6467 /**
6468 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
6469 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
6470 */
6471 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
6472
6473 /**
6474 * Enable filtering of categories in Recentchanges
6475 */
6476 $wgAllowCategorizedRecentChanges = false;
6477
6478 /**
6479 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
6480 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
6481 */
6482 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
6483
6484 /**
6485 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
6486 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
6487 * watchers.
6488 *
6489 * @since 1.21
6490 */
6491 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
6492
6493 /**
6494 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
6495 * certain types of edits.
6496 *
6497 * To register a new one:
6498 * @code
6499 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => array(
6500 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
6501 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
6502 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
6503 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
6504 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
6505 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
6506 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
6507 * 'class' => 'css-class',
6508 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
6509 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
6510 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
6511 * 'grouping' => 'any',
6512 * );
6513 * @endcode
6514 *
6515 * @since 1.22
6516 */
6517 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
6518 'newpage' => [
6519 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
6520 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
6521 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
6522 'grouping' => 'any',
6523 ],
6524 'minor' => [
6525 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
6526 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
6527 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
6528 'class' => 'minoredit',
6529 'grouping' => 'all',
6530 ],
6531 'bot' => [
6532 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
6533 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
6534 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
6535 'class' => 'botedit',
6536 'grouping' => 'all',
6537 ],
6538 'unpatrolled' => [
6539 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
6540 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
6541 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
6542 'grouping' => 'any',
6543 ],
6544 ];
6545
6546 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
6547
6548 /************************************************************************//**
6549 * @name Copyright and credits settings
6550 * @{
6551 */
6552
6553 /**
6554 * Override for copyright metadata.
6555 *
6556 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
6557 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
6558 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
6559 */
6560 $wgRightsPage = null;
6561
6562 /**
6563 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
6564 * wiki.
6565 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
6566 */
6567 $wgRightsUrl = null;
6568
6569 /**
6570 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
6571 * link.
6572 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
6573 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
6574 */
6575 $wgRightsText = null;
6576
6577 /**
6578 * Override for copyright metadata.
6579 */
6580 $wgRightsIcon = null;
6581
6582 /**
6583 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
6584 */
6585 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
6586
6587 /**
6588 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
6589 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
6590 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
6591 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
6592 * large wikis.
6593 */
6594 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
6595
6596 /**
6597 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
6598 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
6599 */
6600 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
6601
6602 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
6603
6604 /************************************************************************//**
6605 * @name Import / Export
6606 * @{
6607 */
6608
6609 /**
6610 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
6611 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
6612 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
6613 *
6614 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
6615 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
6616 * e.g.
6617 * @code
6618 * $wgImportSources = array(
6619 * 'wikipedia' => array( 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ),
6620 * 'wikispecies',
6621 * 'wikia' => array( 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ),
6622 * );
6623 * @endcode
6624 *
6625 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
6626 * the ImportSources hook.
6627 *
6628 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
6629 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
6630 */
6631 $wgImportSources = [];
6632
6633 /**
6634 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
6635 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
6636 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
6637 *
6638 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
6639 */
6640 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
6641
6642 /**
6643 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
6644 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
6645 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
6646 */
6647 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
6648
6649 /**
6650 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
6651 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
6652 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
6653 */
6654 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
6655
6656 /**
6657 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
6658 */
6659 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
6660
6661 /**
6662 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
6663 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
6664 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
6665 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
6666 * it's disabled by default for now.
6667 *
6668 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
6669 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
6670 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
6671 */
6672 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
6673
6674 /**
6675 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
6676 */
6677 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
6678
6679 /**
6680 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
6681 */
6682 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
6683
6684 /**
6685 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
6686 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
6687 *
6688 * @since 1.27
6689 */
6690 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
6691
6692 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
6693
6694 /*************************************************************************//**
6695 * @name Extensions
6696 * @{
6697 */
6698
6699 /**
6700 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
6701 * initialised
6702 */
6703 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
6704
6705 /**
6706 * Extension messages files.
6707 *
6708 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
6709 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
6710 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
6711 * is the most common.
6712 *
6713 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
6714 * in the core.
6715 *
6716 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
6717 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
6718 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
6719 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
6720 *
6721 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
6722 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
6723 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
6724 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
6725 *
6726 * @par Example:
6727 * @code
6728 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
6729 * @endcode
6730 */
6731 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
6732
6733 /**
6734 * Extension messages directories.
6735 *
6736 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
6737 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
6738 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
6739 * message directories.
6740 *
6741 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
6742 *
6743 * @par Simple example:
6744 * @code
6745 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
6746 * @endcode
6747 *
6748 * @par Complex example:
6749 * @code
6750 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = array(
6751 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
6752 * __DIR__ . '/lib/oojs-ui/i18n',
6753 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
6754 * )
6755 * @endcode
6756 * @since 1.23
6757 */
6758 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
6759
6760 /**
6761 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
6762 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
6763 * @since 1.22
6764 */
6765 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
6766
6767 /**
6768 * Parser output hooks.
6769 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
6770 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
6771 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
6772 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
6773 *
6774 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
6775 *
6776 * The callback has the form:
6777 * @code
6778 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
6779 * @endcode
6780 */
6781 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
6782
6783 /**
6784 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
6785 */
6786 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
6787
6788 /**
6789 * List of valid skin names
6790 *
6791 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
6792 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
6793 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
6794 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
6795 */
6796 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
6797
6798 /**
6799 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
6800 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
6801 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
6802 * SpecialPage.
6803 */
6804 $wgSpecialPages = [];
6805
6806 /**
6807 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
6808 */
6809 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
6810
6811 /**
6812 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
6813 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
6814 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
6815 */
6816 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
6817
6818 /**
6819 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
6820 *
6821 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
6822 *
6823 * @code
6824 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = array(
6825 * 'path' => __FILE__,
6826 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
6827 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
6828 * 'author' => array(
6829 * 'Foo Barstein',
6830 * ),
6831 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
6832 * 'url' => 'http://example.org/example-extension/',
6833 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
6834 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0+',
6835 * );
6836 * @endcode
6837 *
6838 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
6839 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
6840 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
6841 * interpreted as wikitext.
6842 *
6843 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
6844 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
6845 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
6846 *
6847 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
6848 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
6849 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
6850 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
6851 *
6852 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
6853 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
6854 * usually are.)
6855 *
6856 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
6857 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
6858 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
6859 * for instance "[http://example ...]".
6860 *
6861 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
6862 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
6863 *
6864 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
6865 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
6866 *
6867 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
6868 * as "GPL-2.0+" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
6869 */
6870 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
6871
6872 /**
6873 * Authentication plugin.
6874 * @var $wgAuth AuthPlugin
6875 */
6876 $wgAuth = null;
6877
6878 /**
6879 * Global list of hooks.
6880 *
6881 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
6882 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
6883 * internally by Hook:run().
6884 *
6885 * The value can be one of:
6886 *
6887 * - A function name:
6888 * @code
6889 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
6890 * @endcode
6891 * - A function with some data:
6892 * @code
6893 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = array( $function, $data );
6894 * @endcode
6895 * - A an object method:
6896 * @code
6897 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = array( $object, 'method' );
6898 * @endcode
6899 * - A closure:
6900 * @code
6901 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
6902 * // Handler code goes here.
6903 * };
6904 * @endcode
6905 *
6906 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
6907 * deleting a previous registered hook.
6908 *
6909 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
6910 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
6911 */
6912 $wgHooks = [];
6913
6914 /**
6915 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
6916 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
6917 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
6918 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
6919 * hook for that.
6920 *
6921 * @see MediaWikiServices
6922 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
6923 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
6924 */
6925 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
6926 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
6927 ];
6928
6929 /**
6930 * Maps jobs to their handling classes; extensions
6931 * can add to this to provide custom jobs
6932 */
6933 $wgJobClasses = [
6934 'refreshLinks' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
6935 'deleteLinks' => 'DeleteLinksJob',
6936 'htmlCacheUpdate' => 'HTMLCacheUpdateJob',
6937 'sendMail' => 'EmaillingJob',
6938 'enotifNotify' => 'EnotifNotifyJob',
6939 'fixDoubleRedirect' => 'DoubleRedirectJob',
6940 'AssembleUploadChunks' => 'AssembleUploadChunksJob',
6941 'PublishStashedFile' => 'PublishStashedFileJob',
6942 'ThumbnailRender' => 'ThumbnailRenderJob',
6943 'recentChangesUpdate' => 'RecentChangesUpdateJob',
6944 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
6945 'refreshLinksDynamic' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
6946 'activityUpdateJob' => 'ActivityUpdateJob',
6947 'categoryMembershipChange' => 'CategoryMembershipChangeJob',
6948 'cdnPurge' => 'CdnPurgeJob',
6949 'enqueue' => 'EnqueueJob', // local queue for multi-DC setups
6950 'null' => 'NullJob'
6951 ];
6952
6953 /**
6954 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
6955 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
6956 *
6957 * These can be:
6958 * - Very long-running jobs.
6959 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
6960 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
6961 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
6962 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
6963 */
6964 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
6965
6966 /**
6967 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
6968 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
6969 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
6970 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
6971 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
6972 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
6973 * @var float[]
6974 */
6975 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
6976
6977 /**
6978 * Make job runners commit changes for slave-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
6979 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on slave lag checks.
6980 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
6981 *
6982 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
6983 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
6984 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
6985 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
6986 *
6987 * @var float|bool
6988 * @since 1.26
6989 */
6990 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
6991
6992 /**
6993 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
6994 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
6995 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
6996 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
6997 */
6998 $wgJobTypeConf = [
6999 'default' => [ 'class' => 'JobQueueDB', 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7000 ];
7001
7002 /**
7003 * Which aggregator to use for tracking which queues have jobs.
7004 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7005 */
7006 $wgJobQueueAggregator = [
7007 'class' => 'JobQueueAggregatorNull'
7008 ];
7009
7010 /**
7011 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7012 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7013 */
7014 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7015 'Statistics' => [ 'SiteStatsUpdate', 'cacheUpdate' ]
7016 ];
7017
7018 /**
7019 * Hooks that are used for outputting exceptions. Format is:
7020 * $wgExceptionHooks[] = $funcname
7021 * or:
7022 * $wgExceptionHooks[] = array( $class, $funcname )
7023 * Hooks should return strings or false
7024 */
7025 $wgExceptionHooks = [];
7026
7027 /**
7028 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7029 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7030 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7031 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7032 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7033 */
7034 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7035 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7036 ];
7037
7038 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7039
7040 /*************************************************************************//**
7041 * @name Categories
7042 * @{
7043 */
7044
7045 /**
7046 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7047 */
7048 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7049
7050 /**
7051 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7052 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7053 */
7054 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7055
7056 /**
7057 * Paging limit for categories
7058 */
7059 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7060
7061 /**
7062 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7063 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7064 *
7065 * Available values are:
7066 *
7067 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7068 *
7069 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7070 *
7071 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7072 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7073 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7074 *
7075 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7076 * installed. See http://php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7077 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7078 * server.
7079 *
7080 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7081 * the sort keys in the database.
7082 *
7083 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7084 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7085 */
7086 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7087
7088 /** @} */ # End categories }
7089
7090 /*************************************************************************//**
7091 * @name Logging
7092 * @{
7093 */
7094
7095 /**
7096 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7097 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7098 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7099 * log type.
7100 */
7101 $wgLogTypes = [
7102 '',
7103 'block',
7104 'protect',
7105 'rights',
7106 'delete',
7107 'upload',
7108 'move',
7109 'import',
7110 'patrol',
7111 'merge',
7112 'suppress',
7113 'tag',
7114 'managetags',
7115 'contentmodel',
7116 ];
7117
7118 /**
7119 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7120 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7121 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7122 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7123 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7124 */
7125 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7126 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7127 ];
7128
7129 /**
7130 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7131 *
7132 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7133 *
7134 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7135 *
7136 * @par Example:
7137 * @code
7138 * $wgFilterLogTypes = array(
7139 * 'move' => true,
7140 * 'import' => false,
7141 * );
7142 * @endcode
7143 *
7144 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7145 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7146 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7147 *
7148 * A message of the form log-show-hide-[type] should be added, and will be used
7149 * for the link text.
7150 */
7151 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7152 'patrol' => true,
7153 'tag' => true,
7154 ];
7155
7156 /**
7157 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7158 * will be listed in the user interface.
7159 *
7160 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7161 *
7162 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7163 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7164 */
7165 $wgLogNames = [
7166 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7167 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7168 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7169 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7170 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7171 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7172 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7173 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7174 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7175 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7176 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7177 ];
7178
7179 /**
7180 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7181 * top of each log type.
7182 *
7183 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7184 *
7185 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7186 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7187 */
7188 $wgLogHeaders = [
7189 '' => 'alllogstext',
7190 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7191 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7192 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7193 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7194 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7195 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7196 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7197 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7198 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7199 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7200 ];
7201
7202 /**
7203 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7204 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7205 *
7206 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7207 */
7208 $wgLogActions = [];
7209
7210 /**
7211 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7212 * not messages.
7213 * @see LogPage::actionText
7214 * @see LogFormatter
7215 */
7216 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7217 'block/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7218 'block/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7219 'block/unblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7220 'contentmodel/change' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7221 'contentmodel/new' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7222 'delete/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7223 'delete/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7224 'delete/restore' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7225 'delete/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7226 'import/interwiki' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7227 'import/upload' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7228 'managetags/activate' => 'LogFormatter',
7229 'managetags/create' => 'LogFormatter',
7230 'managetags/deactivate' => 'LogFormatter',
7231 'managetags/delete' => 'LogFormatter',
7232 'merge/merge' => 'MergeLogFormatter',
7233 'move/move' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7234 'move/move_redir' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7235 'patrol/patrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7236 'patrol/autopatrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7237 'protect/modify' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7238 'protect/move_prot' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7239 'protect/protect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7240 'protect/unprotect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7241 'rights/autopromote' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7242 'rights/rights' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7243 'suppress/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7244 'suppress/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7245 'suppress/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7246 'suppress/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7247 'suppress/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7248 'tag/update' => 'TagLogFormatter',
7249 'upload/overwrite' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7250 'upload/revert' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7251 'upload/upload' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7252 ];
7253
7254 /**
7255 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7256 *
7257 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7258 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7259 * Extensions may append to this array
7260 * @since 1.27
7261 */
7262 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7263 'block' => [
7264 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7265 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7266 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7267 ],
7268 'contentmodel' => [
7269 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7270 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7271 ],
7272 'delete' => [
7273 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7274 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7275 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7276 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7277 ],
7278 'import' => [
7279 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7280 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7281 ],
7282 'managetags' => [
7283 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7284 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7285 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7286 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7287 ],
7288 'move' => [
7289 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7290 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7291 ],
7292 'newusers' => [
7293 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7294 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7295 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7296 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7297 ],
7298 'patrol' => [
7299 'patrol' => [ 'patrol' ],
7300 'autopatrol' => [ 'autopatrol' ],
7301 ],
7302 'protect' => [
7303 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7304 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7305 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7306 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7307 ],
7308 'rights' => [
7309 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7310 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7311 ],
7312 'suppress' => [
7313 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7314 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7315 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7316 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7317 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7318 ],
7319 'upload' => [
7320 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7321 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7322 ],
7323 ];
7324
7325 /**
7326 * Maintain a log of newusers at Log/newusers?
7327 */
7328 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7329
7330 /** @} */ # end logging }
7331
7332 /*************************************************************************//**
7333 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7334 * @{
7335 */
7336
7337 /**
7338 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7339 */
7340 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7341
7342 /**
7343 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7344 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7345 */
7346 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7347
7348 /**
7349 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7350 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7351 */
7352 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7353
7354 /**
7355 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7356 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7357 */
7358 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7359
7360 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7361
7362 /*************************************************************************//**
7363 * @name Actions
7364 * @{
7365 */
7366
7367 /**
7368 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7369 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7370 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7371 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7372 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7373 * instead of the default class.
7374 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7375 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7376 */
7377 $wgActions = [
7378 'credits' => true,
7379 'delete' => true,
7380 'edit' => true,
7381 'editchangetags' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7382 'history' => true,
7383 'info' => true,
7384 'markpatrolled' => true,
7385 'protect' => true,
7386 'purge' => true,
7387 'raw' => true,
7388 'render' => true,
7389 'revert' => true,
7390 'revisiondelete' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7391 'rollback' => true,
7392 'submit' => true,
7393 'unprotect' => true,
7394 'unwatch' => true,
7395 'view' => true,
7396 'watch' => true,
7397 ];
7398
7399 /** @} */ # end actions }
7400
7401 /*************************************************************************//**
7402 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
7403 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
7404 * @{
7405 */
7406
7407 /**
7408 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
7409 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
7410 * basis.
7411 */
7412 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
7413
7414 /**
7415 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
7416 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
7417 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
7418 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
7419 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
7420 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
7421 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
7422 *
7423 * @par Example:
7424 * @code
7425 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = array( NS_TALK => 'noindex' );
7426 * @endcode
7427 */
7428 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
7429
7430 /**
7431 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
7432 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
7433 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
7434 *
7435 * @par Example:
7436 * @code
7437 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = array(
7438 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7439 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
7440 * );
7441 * @endcode
7442 *
7443 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
7444 * forms:
7445 * @code
7446 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = array(
7447 * # Underscore, not space!
7448 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7449 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
7450 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
7451 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
7452 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
7453 * );
7454 * @endcode
7455 */
7456 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
7457
7458 /**
7459 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
7460 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
7461 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
7462 *
7463 * @par Example:
7464 * @code
7465 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = array( NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT );
7466 * @endcode
7467 */
7468 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
7469
7470 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
7471
7472 /************************************************************************//**
7473 * @name AJAX and API
7474 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
7475 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
7476 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
7477 * @{
7478 */
7479
7480 /**
7481 * Enable the MediaWiki API for convenient access to
7482 * machine-readable data via api.php
7483 *
7484 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/API
7485 */
7486 $wgEnableAPI = true;
7487
7488 /**
7489 * Allow the API to be used to perform write operations
7490 * (page edits, rollback, etc.) when an authorised user
7491 * accesses it
7492 */
7493 $wgEnableWriteAPI = true;
7494
7495 /**
7496 *
7497 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
7498 *
7499 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
7500 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
7501 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
7502 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
7503 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
7504 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
7505 * requiring POST.
7506 *
7507 * @since 1.21
7508 */
7509 $wgDebugAPI = false;
7510
7511 /**
7512 * API module extensions.
7513 *
7514 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
7515 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
7516 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
7517 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
7518 *
7519 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
7520 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
7521 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
7522 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
7523 * field.
7524 *
7525 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
7526 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
7527 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
7528 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
7529 *
7530 * Examples for registering API modules:
7531 *
7532 * @code
7533 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
7534 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = array(
7535 * 'class' => 'ApiBar',
7536 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
7537 * );
7538 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = array(
7539 * 'class' => 'ApiXyzzy',
7540 * 'factory' => array( 'XyzzyFactory', 'newApiModule' )
7541 * );
7542 * @endcode
7543 *
7544 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7545 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
7546 */
7547 $wgAPIModules = [];
7548
7549 /**
7550 * API format module extensions.
7551 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7552 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7553 *
7554 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
7555 */
7556 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
7557
7558 /**
7559 * API Query meta module extensions.
7560 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7561 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7562 *
7563 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
7564 */
7565 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
7566
7567 /**
7568 * API Query prop module extensions.
7569 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7570 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7571 *
7572 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
7573 */
7574 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
7575
7576 /**
7577 * API Query list module extensions.
7578 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7579 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7580 *
7581 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
7582 */
7583 $wgAPIListModules = [];
7584
7585 /**
7586 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
7587 * The default value is generally fine
7588 */
7589 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
7590
7591 /**
7592 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
7593 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
7594 */
7595 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
7596
7597 /**
7598 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
7599 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
7600 */
7601 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
7602
7603 /**
7604 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB slaves to tolerate
7605 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
7606 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
7607 */
7608 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
7609
7610 /**
7611 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
7612 * API request logging
7613 */
7614 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
7615
7616 /**
7617 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
7618 */
7619 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
7620
7621 /**
7622 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
7623 * API queries.
7624 */
7625 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
7626 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
7627 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
7628 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
7629 ];
7630
7631 /**
7632 * Enable AJAX framework
7633 */
7634 $wgUseAjax = true;
7635
7636 /**
7637 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
7638 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
7639 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
7640 */
7641 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
7642
7643 /**
7644 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
7645 */
7646 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
7647
7648 /**
7649 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX. Also requires $wgEnableAPI to be true.
7650 */
7651 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
7652
7653 /**
7654 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
7655 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
7656 */
7657 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
7658
7659 /**
7660 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
7661 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
7662 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
7663 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
7664 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
7665 *
7666 * - '*' matches any number of characters
7667 * - '?' matches any 1 character
7668 *
7669 * @par Example:
7670 * @code
7671 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = array(
7672 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
7673 * '*.wikipedia.org',
7674 * '*.wikimedia.org',
7675 * '*.wiktionary.org',
7676 * );
7677 * @endcode
7678 */
7679 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
7680
7681 /**
7682 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
7683 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
7684 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
7685 */
7686 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
7687
7688 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
7689
7690 /************************************************************************//**
7691 * @name Shell and process control
7692 * @{
7693 */
7694
7695 /**
7696 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
7697 */
7698 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
7699
7700 /**
7701 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
7702 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
7703 */
7704 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
7705
7706 /**
7707 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
7708 */
7709 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
7710
7711 /**
7712 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
7713 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
7714 */
7715 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
7716
7717 /**
7718 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
7719 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
7720 *
7721 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
7722 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
7723 * them segfault or deadlock.
7724 *
7725 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
7726 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
7727 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
7728 *
7729 * @par Example:
7730 * @code
7731 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
7732 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
7733 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
7734 * @endcode
7735 *
7736 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
7737 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
7738 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
7739 */
7740 $wgShellCgroup = false;
7741
7742 /**
7743 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary (php/php5). Should be set up on install.
7744 */
7745 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
7746
7747 /**
7748 * Locale for LC_CTYPE, to work around http://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
7749 * For Unix-like operating systems, set this to to a locale that has a UTF-8
7750 * character set. Only the character set is relevant.
7751 */
7752 $wgShellLocale = 'en_US.utf8';
7753
7754 /** @} */ # End shell }
7755
7756 /************************************************************************//**
7757 * @name HTTP client
7758 * @{
7759 */
7760
7761 /**
7762 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
7763 */
7764 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
7765
7766 /**
7767 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
7768 */
7769 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
7770
7771 /**
7772 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
7773 */
7774 $wgHTTPProxy = false;
7775
7776 /**
7777 * Local virtual hosts.
7778 *
7779 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
7780 * If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any subdomain thereof,
7781 * then no proxy will be used.
7782 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
7783 * proxy if it is configured.
7784 * @since 1.25
7785 */
7786 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
7787
7788 /**
7789 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
7790 * Only works for curl
7791 */
7792 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
7793
7794 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
7795
7796 /************************************************************************//**
7797 * @name Job queue
7798 * @{
7799 */
7800
7801 /**
7802 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
7803 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
7804 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
7805 * be run periodically.
7806 */
7807 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
7808
7809 /**
7810 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
7811 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
7812 * execution finishes.
7813 * @since 1.23
7814 */
7815 $wgRunJobsAsync = true;
7816
7817 /**
7818 * Number of rows to update per job
7819 */
7820 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
7821
7822 /**
7823 * Number of rows to update per query
7824 */
7825 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
7826
7827 /** @} */ # End job queue }
7828
7829 /************************************************************************//**
7830 * @name Miscellaneous
7831 * @{
7832 */
7833
7834 /**
7835 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
7836 * * false: default PHP implementation
7837 * * 'wikidiff2': Wikimedia's fast difference engine implemented as a PHP/HHVM module
7838 * * 'wikidiff' and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
7839 * * any other string is treated as a path to external diff executable
7840 */
7841 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
7842
7843 /**
7844 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
7845 * and have no "redirected from" link.
7846 *
7847 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
7848 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
7849 * redirected regardless of this setting.
7850 */
7851 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
7852
7853 /**
7854 * LinkHolderArray batch size
7855 * For debugging
7856 */
7857 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
7858
7859 /**
7860 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
7861 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
7862 */
7863 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
7864
7865 /**
7866 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
7867 */
7868 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
7869
7870 /**
7871 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
7872 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
7873 */
7874 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
7875
7876 /**
7877 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
7878 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
7879 */
7880 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
7881
7882 /**
7883 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
7884 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
7885 *
7886 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
7887 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
7888 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
7889 * parameters.
7890 *
7891 * @par Example:
7892 * @code
7893 * $wgPoolCounterConf = array( 'ArticleView' => array(
7894 * 'class' => 'PoolCounter_Client',
7895 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
7896 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
7897 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
7898 * ... any extension-specific options...
7899 * );
7900 * @endcode
7901 */
7902 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
7903
7904 /**
7905 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
7906 */
7907 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
7908
7909 /**
7910 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
7911 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
7912 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
7913 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
7914 *
7915 * @since 1.21
7916 */
7917 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
7918
7919 /**
7920 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
7921 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
7922 *
7923 * * 'ignore': return null
7924 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
7925 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
7926 *
7927 * @since 1.21
7928 */
7929 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
7930
7931 /**
7932 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
7933 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
7934 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
7935 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
7936 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
7937 * a title that would default to a different content model.
7938 *
7939 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
7940 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
7941 *
7942 * @since 1.21
7943 */
7944 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
7945
7946 /**
7947 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
7948 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
7949 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
7950 *
7951 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
7952 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
7953 *
7954 * @since 1.21
7955 */
7956 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
7957 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
7958 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
7959 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
7960 ];
7961
7962 /**
7963 * Whether the user must enter their password to change their e-mail address
7964 *
7965 * @since 1.20
7966 */
7967 $wgRequirePasswordforEmailChange = true;
7968
7969 /**
7970 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
7971 *
7972 * @since 1.20
7973 */
7974 $wgSiteTypes = [
7975 'mediawiki' => 'MediaWikiSite',
7976 ];
7977
7978 /**
7979 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
7980 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
7981 * @since 1.23
7982 */
7983 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
7984
7985 /**
7986 * Port where you have HTTPS running
7987 * Supports HTTPS on non-standard ports
7988 * @see bug 65184
7989 * @since 1.24
7990 */
7991 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
7992
7993 /**
7994 * Secret for session storage.
7995 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
7996 * be used.
7997 * @since 1.27
7998 */
7999 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8000
8001 /**
8002 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8003 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8004 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8005 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8006 * @since 1.27
8007 */
8008 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8009
8010 /**
8011 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8012 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8013 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8014 * be used.
8015 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8016 * @since 1.24
8017 */
8018 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8019
8020 /**
8021 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8022 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8023 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8024 * @since 1.24
8025 */
8026 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8027
8028 /**
8029 * Enable page language feature
8030 * Allows setting page language in database
8031 * @var bool
8032 * @since 1.24
8033 */
8034 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8035
8036 /**
8037 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8038 * Parameters for different services are to be declared inside
8039 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules'], which is to be treated as an associative
8040 * array. Global parameters will be merged with service-specific ones. The
8041 * result will then be passed to VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the
8042 * module.
8043 *
8044 * Example config for Parsoid:
8045 *
8046 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = array(
8047 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8048 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8049 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8050 * );
8051 *
8052 * @var array
8053 * @since 1.25
8054 */
8055 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8056 'modules' => [],
8057 'global' => [
8058 # Timeout in seconds
8059 'timeout' => 360,
8060 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8061 'forwardCookies' => false,
8062 'HTTPProxy' => null
8063 ]
8064 ];
8065
8066 /**
8067 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8068 * these suggestions.
8069 *
8070 * @var bool
8071 * @since 1.26
8072 */
8073 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8074
8075 /**
8076 * Where popular password file is located.
8077 *
8078 * Default in core contains 50,000 most popular. This config
8079 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8080 * a password file with > 50000 entries in it.
8081 *
8082 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8083 * @since 1.27
8084 * @var string path to file
8085 */
8086 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/../serialized/commonpasswords.cdb';
8087
8088 /*
8089 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8090 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8091 *
8092 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8093 * @since 1.27
8094 */
8095 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8096
8097 /**
8098 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8099 *
8100 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8101 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8102 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8103 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8104 * can run on each CDN cache node and perfom local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8105 *
8106 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8107 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8108 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8109 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8110 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8111 *
8112 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8113 *
8114 * @since 1.27
8115 */
8116 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8117 'default' => [
8118 'class' => 'EventRelayerNull',
8119 ]
8120 ];
8121
8122 /**
8123 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
8124 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
8125 * @}
8126 */